QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 30, 2004

Registration Number 333-            



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


INFOSONICS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland
(State or jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  5065
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  33-0599368
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

6325 Lusk Boulevard, Suite A,
San Diego, California 92121
(858) 373-1600
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of registrant's principal executive offices)

Joseph Ram,
6325 Lusk Boulevard, Suite A,
San Diego, California 92121
(858) 373-1600
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



With a copy to:
Alan L. Talesnick, Esq.
Donna Bloomer, Esq.
Patton Boggs LLP
1660 Lincoln Street
Suite 1900
Denver, Colorado 80264
(303) 830-1776
  David L. Ficksman, Esq.
Loeb & Loeb LLP
10100 Santa Monica Boulevard
Suite 2200
Los Angeles, California 90067
(310) 282-2000

Approximate date of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ý

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Amount to
be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee


Common Stock, $.001 par value per share   (1)   (2)   $18,900,100   $2,394.64

Total           $18,900,100   $2,394.64

(1)
Includes 300,000 shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the Registration Fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


         The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The Company may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED [                        ], 2004

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PROSPECTUS

INFOSONICS CORPORATION
Common Stock


        This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of InfoSonics Corporation. InfoSonics is offering 2,000,000 shares to be sold in the offering.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                   and $                  . Application has been made for listing of our common stock on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol "            ."

         Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 5 of this prospectus.


 
  Public
Offering
Price

  Underwriting
Discounts

  Proceeds,
Before Expenses,
to InfoSonics


Per Share   $       $

Total   $       $

        We have granted the underwriter an option to purchase up to an additional 300,000 shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount.


NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                , 2004.

Gilford Securities Incorporated   Source Capital Group, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   1

RISK FACTORS

 

5

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

11

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

 

11

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

11

CAPITALIZATION

 

12

DILUTION

 

13

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

14

BUSINESS

 

15

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

25

MANAGEMENT

 

29

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

31

BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF SECURITIES

 

35

TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN INFOSONICS AND RELATED PARTIES

 

36

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

37

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

40

UNDERWRITING

 

41

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION

 

43

LEGAL MATTERS

 

45

EXPERTS

 

45

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

45

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights information contained in this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the "Risk Factors" section, the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, before investing in our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriter will not exercise its over-allotment option. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to "we," "us," "our company" or "InfoSonics" refer collectively to InfoSonics Corporation and its subsidiaries, considered as a single enterprise.

Issuer

        InfoSonics Corporation, a Maryland corporation.

Our Business

        InfoSonics is one of the largest distributors of wireless handsets and accessories in the United States and Mexico. We also distribute products in other portions of North, Central and South America. We distribute products of several key manufacturers, including Audiovox, Kyocera, LG, Motorola, Nokia, Panasonic, Samsung and Sony-Ericsson. Our distribution services include the purchasing, marketing, selling, warehousing, order assembly, programming, packing, shipping, and delivery of handsets for wireless telecommunications from leading manufacturers to agents, resellers, distributors, independent dealers and retailers in the United States and to wireless network operators and resellers in Latin America. Our distribution activities in Mexico are conducted through our subsidiary, InfoSonics de Mexico, S.A.

        As a part of our distribution activities, we perform value added services when requested by the customer. These services include but are not limited to programming, locking, software loading, packaging, and quality assurance testing. During the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002, approximately 93% and 92%, respectively, of our revenues were from distribution.

        We operate distribution hubs in San Diego, California and Miami, Florida. The San Diego facility primarily serves the needs of our West Coast and Midwest customers while the Florida location services customers primarily on the East Coast and in Latin America.

        In addition to our distribution services, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Axcess Mobile, LLC, owns and operates nine retail kiosks in the San Diego, California area selling handsets, accessories and AT&T Wireless activation directly to end users. Our subsidiary offers retail customers the opportunity to subscribe to AT&T Wireless services and to purchase handsets and accessories. We resell AT&T Wireless service in the San Diego area under an agreement that expires June 30, 2004 and that automatically extends for successive one-year periods under the same terms unless terminated by either party.

        Since our founding in 1994, we have grown our business by focusing on the needs of our customers, developing and maintaining close relationships with manufacturers, entering new markets, and sourcing new and innovative products, while maintaining close attention to operational efficiencies and costs. From 1998 through 2002, we have increased revenues from $16.8 million to $46.6 million, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 29.1%. Also over the past five years, operating income has increased from approximately $316,000 to approximately $743,000, yielding a compounded annual growth rate of 23.8%. During the same period, our net income also increased from approximately $233,000 to approximately $427,000, a compound annual growth rate of 16.3%.

1



Our Growth Strategy

        We intend to continue to increase sales and profitability and to solidify our position as one of the largest distributors of wireless handsets and accessories in the United States and Mexico, in addition to increasing distribution in North America, Central America and South America. Our growth strategy includes:

        Leveraging our Existing Infrastructure to Increase Market Share.     We currently have sales and warehouse operations in both San Diego, California and Miami, Florida. By utilizing this geographic diversity and our established relationships with manufacturers, we believe we can increase our sales with relatively low additional costs, resulting in increased earnings. In addition, we have customized a licensed software package for an information and customer management system that allows us to track not only every customer order from purchase order to delivery, but also to identify customer and geographic trends. This system is scalable, and under constant improvement to streamline operations and maximize operational efficiencies.

        Expanding Business Offerings.     We intend to expand our business offerings to include outsourced integrated logistics services to the wireless telecommunications industry. These services include inventory management, product fulfillment, preparation of product kits, and customized packaging, light assembly and end-user support services. These services are designed to provide outsourcing solutions not only for the wireless network operators, but also internet retailers and other mass merchants. This service supports their efforts to add new subscribers and increase system usage and revenues while minimizing their investments in distribution infrastructure.

        Targeting New Markets.     We intend to target new markets, such as rural service areas or RSAs, which we believe will enable us to increase sales by introducing products from certain of our manufacturer suppliers that have not been previously sold into these markets. Utilizing our relationships with manufacturers, and our knowledge of this untapped market, we believe we can add revenues as well as gross profit.

        Expanding Manufacturer Relationships.     We put great emphasis on developing new, and improving our existing, wireless equipment manufacturer relationships and thereby broadening our product portfolio. We currently have relationships with five of the top manufacturers and are working to develop distribution relationships with the others as well as with new, innovative manufacturers. We believe that by expanding our manufacturing relationships, we can offer the most innovative product lines, brands and technologies within the markets we serve.

        Improving Operating Efficiencies.     We constantly monitor our operations to improve our cost structure in order to maintain and increase profitability and productivity. We continuously evaluate opportunities to operate more efficiently by monitoring returns on invested capital, working to obtain better purchase terms, more effectively using our capital resources, implementing workforce management programs, and centralizing back-office operations.

        Geographic Expansion.     In the future we intend to expand our operations through enhanced warehouse and operational facilities in California and Florida as well as other potential locations. These activities are intended to expand our geographic presence, increase our customer base, improve our product portfolio, and add new capabilities and service offerings. Potential expansion includes, but is not limited to, local warehouse and operational facilities in the mid-western United States and Latin America.

        Expanding Retail Operations.     We currently operate nine retail kiosks in shopping malls in the San Diego area where we sell handsets, accessories and AT&T Wireless phone service directly to end users. Because this business unit has significantly higher gross margins than our distribution business, we

2



intend to pursue the possibility of opening and operating additional retail locations in other large metropolitan markets.

General

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland. Our executive offices are located at 6325 Lusk Boulevard, Suite A, San Diego, California 92121. Our telephone number is (858) 373-1600. Our internet address is www.infosonics.com. Information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus. You should not consider information contained in or accessible through our website to be part of this prospectus.

The Offering

Common stock outstanding prior to this offering   3,212,000 shares (1)

Common stock offered by us

 

2,000,000 shares

(2)

Common stock outstanding after this offering

 

5,212,000 shares

(1)(2)

(1)
Does not include 1,633,700 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 1998 and 2003 stock option plans under which options to purchase 1,211,700 shares of common stock are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

(2)
Does not include 300,000 shares of common stock that may be sold by us if the underwriters choose to exercise in full their overallotment option to purchase additional shares.

Use of Proceeds

        The net proceeds of this offering will be used primarily to accelerate the growth of our distribution business through increasing sales and marketing activities and personnel, to increase inventory and warehouse and office space, to expand our retail wireless activations and handset sales business, and to implement our logistics services business. In addition, we intend to consider the possibility of using a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses or products. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment, and we are not involved in any negotiations with respect to any similar transaction.

Underwriters' Compensation

        The underwriters will purchase the shares offered at the public offering price of $            per share less an underwriting discount of $            per share. The underwriters also will receive warrants to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price equal to 110% of the public offering price per share during the five-year period beginning six months after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters also will receive a nonaccountable expense allowance of $            .

Dividend Policy

        We have not paid dividends since inception and do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. If our operations are profitable, we intend to apply the profits to our business rather than to the payment of dividends.

Amex Symbol

        We have applied to have our common stock traded on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol ["            "] .

3



Risk Factors

        See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 5 of this prospectus for a discussion of the significant risks associated with operating our business or with investing in our common stock.

Summary Historical Financial Data

        The summary consolidated historical financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and the other information included in this prospectus. The summary financial data for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2002 is derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are unaudited for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999, and which have been audited by Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein LLP, independent certified accountants, for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002. The summary financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively, is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The summary financial data provided below is not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations or financial performance, and our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of our results for the year ending December 31, 2003.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

Operating Data:                            
Total revenues   44,487,950   34,102,980   46,646,510   34,188,442   38,303,973   24,164,221   16,773,743
Cost of sales   39,596,858   29,895,435   41,331,432   29,974,905   35,801,649   22,807,388   12,452,913
Gross profit   4,891,092   4,207,545   5,315,078   4,213,537   2,502,324   1,356,833   1,320,830
Total operating expenses   3,860,923   3,339,257   4,572,351   4,041,058   1,769,234   1,043,950   1,005,023
Operating income   1,030,169   868,288   742,727   172,479   733,090   312,883   315,807
Net income (loss)   561,080   524,960   426,757   (72,894 ) 252,667   151,577   233,259
Weighted average diluted shares   3,908,098   4,080,662   3,640,331   3,200,000   3,733,400   4,400,000   4,183,516
Diluted earnings (loss) per share   .14   .13   0.12   (0.02 ) 0.07   0.04   0.06
 
  As of September 30,
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:                            
Total assets   12,484,611   6,648,289   6,021,013   3,867,661   5,389,257   6,716,292   1,788,813
Line of Credit   5,499,949   1,080,933   2,300,000   1,502,872   2,783,171   2,330,000   0
Short term debt   50,000   55,570   57,031   64,305   174,659   126,954   361,451
Long term debt, less current portion   0   97,742   60,711   137,166   211,078   119,122   65,123
Stockholders' equity   1,629,046   1,412,843   1,067,966   641,209   693,508   734,842   683,263

4



RISK FACTORS

         Before you invest in shares of our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in this risk factors section and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock.

Risks Relating To Our Business

Our operating results may vary significantly.

        Our operating results are influenced by a number of factors, which may cause our revenue and operating results to fluctuate. These factors include:

        Our business has historically experienced increased sales at the end of the calendar year. This and other seasonal factors contribute to the usual increase in our sales during the third and the fourth quarter of our fiscal year in certain markets. In addition, if unanticipated events occur, including delays in securing adequate inventories of competitive products at times of peak sales or significant decreases in sales during these periods, it could result in a material decrease in our revenues and losses or lower profits.

We buy a significant amount of our products from a limited number of suppliers, who may not provide us with competitive products at reasonable prices when we need them in the future.

        We purchase wireless handsets and accessories principally from wireless communications equipment manufacturers and distributors. We depend on these suppliers to provide us with adequate inventories of currently popular brand name products on a timely basis and on favorable pricing and other terms. Our agreements with our principal suppliers are non-exclusive, require us to satisfy minimum purchase requirements, can be terminated on short notice and provide for certain territorial restrictions, as is common in our industry. Our suppliers may not offer us competitive products on favorable terms or with timely delivery. From time to time, we have been unable to obtain sufficient product supplies. Any failure or delay by our suppliers in supplying us with products on favorable terms may severely diminish our ability to obtain and deliver products to our customers on a timely and competitive basis. If we lose any of our principal suppliers, or if these suppliers are unable to fulfill our product needs, or if any principal supplier imposes substantial price increases and alternative sources of supply are not readily available, it would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The loss or reduction in orders from principal customers or a reduction in prices we are able to charge these customers could materially adversely affect our business.

        Our two largest customers accounted for approximately 24% and approximately 22%, respectively, of our product sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002. The markets we serve are subject to severe price competition. Additionally, our customers are not contractually obligated to purchase product from us. For this and other reasons customers may seek to obtain products or services from us at lower prices than we have been able to obtain from these

5



customers in the past. The loss of any of our principal customers, a reduction in the amount of product or services our principal customers order from us or the inability to maintain current terms, including price, with these or other customers could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. We have experienced losses of certain customers through industry consolidation and ordinary course of business and there can be no assurance that any of our customers will continue to purchase products or services from us or that their purchases will be at the same or greater levels than in prior periods.

We may not be able to maintain existing margins for products or services offered by us or increase our sales.

        The gross margins that we realize on sales of wireless handsets could be reduced due to increased competition or a growing industry emphasis on cost containment. Therefore, our future profitability will depend on our ability to maintain our margins or to increase our sales to help offset potential future declines in margins. We may not be able to maintain existing margins for products or services offered by us or increase our sales. Our ability to generate sales is based upon demand for wireless telecommunications products and our having an adequate supply of these products. Even if our sales rates do increase, the gross margins that we receive from our sales may not be sufficient to make our future operations profitable or as profitable.

Our business depends on the continued tendency of wireless equipment manufacturers and network operators to outsource aspects of their business to us.

        Our business depends in large part on wireless equipment manufacturers and network operators outsourcing some of their business functions to us. We provide functions such as distribution, inventory management, customized packaging, activation management and other services. Certain wireless equipment manufacturers and network operators have elected, and others may elect, to undertake these services internally. Additionally, our customer service levels, industry consolidation, competition, deregulation, technological changes or other factors could reduce the degree to which members of the wireless telecommunications industry rely on outsourced services such as the services we provide. Any significant change in the market for these services could have a material adverse effect on our current and planned business.

Our business may be adversely impacted by consolidation of wireless network operators.

        The past several years have witnessed a consolidation within the wireless network operator community. If this trend continues, it could result in a reduction or elimination of promotional activities by the remaining wireless network operators as they seek to reduce their expenditures which could, in turn, result in decreased demand for our products or services. Moreover, consolidation of wireless network operators reduces the number of potential contracts available to us. We could also lose business if wireless network operators, which currently are our customers, are acquired by other wireless network operators which are not our customers. Wireless operators may also change their policy regarding sales to their agents by independent distributors, such as requiring those agents to purchase products from the wireless operator or manufacturer, rather than from distributors such as InfoSonics. This type of requirement could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our operations may be materially affected by fluctuations in regional demand patterns and economic factors.

        The demand for our products and services has fluctuated and may continue to vary substantially within the regions served by us. We believe the roll-out of third generation, or 3G, cellular telephone systems and other new technologies, which has been delayed and could further be delayed, has had and will continue to have an effect on overall subscriber growth and handset replacement demand. Economic slow-downs in regions served by us or changes in promotional programs offered by wireless

6



network operators may lower consumer demand for our products and create higher levels of inventories which could decrease our gross and operating margins. We could face a substantial inventory risk due to depreciation and equipment price erosion if our products are not sold in a timely manner. We believe our operations were adversely affected by an economic slow-down in the United States starting in the fourth quarter of 2000. A prolonged economic slow-down in the United States or any other regions in which we have significant operations could negatively impact our results of operations and financial position.

Rapid technological changes in the wireless telecommunications industry could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        The technology relating to wireless telecommunications equipment changes rapidly resulting in product obsolescence or short product life cycles. We are required to anticipate future technological changes in our industry and to continually identify, obtain and market new products in order to satisfy evolving industry and customer requirements. Competitors or manufacturers of wireless equipment may market products which have perceived or actual advantages over products that we handle or which otherwise render those products obsolete or less marketable. We have made and continue to make significant capital investments in accordance with evolving industry and customer requirements including maintaining levels of inventories of currently popular products that we believe are necessary based on current market conditions. This utilization of capital for inventory buildup of this nature increases our risk of loss due to product obsolescence.

Substantial defaults by our customers on accounts receivables could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

        We currently offer and intend to offer open account terms to certain of our customers, which may subject us to credit risks, particularly to the extent that our receivables represent sales to a limited number of customers or are concentrated in particular geographic markets. Although we have an accounts receivable insurance policy, this policy carries a substantial deductible and may not cover us in all instances. We also have an accounts receivable credit facility in order to reduce our working capital requirements. The extent of our ability to use our accounts receivable credit facility is dependent on the amount of and collection cycle of our accounts receivable. Adverse changes in our ability to use accounts receivable financing could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows and results of operations.

We rely on our suppliers to provide trade credit facilities to adequately fund our on-going operations and product purchases.

        Our business is dependent on our ability to obtain adequate supplies of currently popular products on favorable pricing and other terms. Our ability to fund our product purchases is dependent on our principal suppliers providing favorable payment terms that allow us to maximize the efficiency of our capital usage. The payment terms we receive from our suppliers are dependent on several factors, including, but not limited to, our payment history with the supplier, the suppliers' credit granting policies, contractual provisions, our overall credit rating as determined by various credit rating agencies, industry conditions, our recent operating results, financial position and cash flows and the supplier's ability to obtain credit insurance on amounts that we owe them. Adverse changes in any of these factors, certain of which may not be wholly in our control, could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

7



Approximately 7% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 were generated outside of the United States in countries that may have political or other risks.

        We engage in sales activities in territories and countries outside of the United States. The fact that we distribute products into a number of countries exposes us to increased credit risks, customs duties, import quotas and other trade restrictions, potentially greater inflationary pressures, and shipping delays. Changes may occur in social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or in laws and policies governing foreign trade and investment in the territories and countries where we currently distribute products. United States laws and regulations relating to investment and trade in foreign countries could also change to our detriment. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Although we purchase and sell products and services in United States Dollars and do not engage in exchange swaps, futures or options contracts or other hedging techniques, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could reduce demand for products sold in United States dollars. We cannot predict the effect that future exchange rate fluctuations will have on our operating results. We may in the future engage in currency hedging transactions, which could result in our incurring significant additional losses.

We rely on our information system technology to function effectively without interruptions.

        We have focused on the application of our information system technology to provide customized services to wireless communications equipment manufacturers and network operators. Our ability to meet our customers' technical and performance requirements is highly dependent on the effective functioning of our information technology systems, which may experience interruptions. These business interruptions could cause us to fall below acceptable performance levels pursuant to our customers' requirements and could result in the loss of the related business relationship.

We have outstanding indebtedness, which is secured by substantially all our assets and which could prevent us from borrowing additional funds, if needed.

        We have senior debt in the amount of approximately $5.2 million at December 31, 2003 (approximately $5.5 million at September 30, 2003). If we violate our loan covenants, default on our obligations or become subject to a change of control, our indebtedness would become immediately due and payable, and the banks could foreclose on our assets. Our senior credit facility is secured by substantially all of our assets and borrowing availability is based primarily on a percentage of eligible accounts receivable. Consequently, any significant decrease in eligible accounts receivable will limit our ability to borrow additional funds to adequately finance our operations and expansion strategies. The terms of our senior credit facility could substantially prohibit us from incurring additional indebtedness, which could limit our ability to expand our operations. The terms of our senior credit facility also include negative covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to sell certain assets and make certain payments, including but not limited to, dividends, repurchases of common stock and other payments outside the normal course of business as well as prohibiting us from merging or consolidating with another corporation or selling all or substantially all of our assets.

The wireless telecommunications industry is intensely competitive and we may not be able to continue to compete successfully in this industry.

        We compete for sales of wireless telecommunications equipment and accessories, and expect that we will continue to compete, with numerous well-established wireless network operators, distributors and manufacturers, including our own suppliers. Many of our competitors possess greater financial and other resources than we do and may market similar products or services directly to our customers. Distribution of wireless telecommunications equipment and accessories has generally had low barriers to entry. As a result, additional competitors may choose to enter our industry in the future. The markets for wireless handsets and accessories are characterized by intense price competition and

8



significant price erosion over the life of a product. Many of our competitors have the financial resources to withstand substantial price competition and to implement extensive advertising and promotional programs, both generally and in response to efforts by additional competitors to enter into new markets or introduce new products. Our ability to continue to compete successfully will depend largely on our ability to maintain our current industry relationships. We may not be successful in anticipating and responding to competitive factors affecting our industry, including new or changing outsourcing requirements, the entry of additional well-capitalized competitors, new products which may be introduced, changes in consumer preferences, demographic trends, international, national, regional and local economic conditions and competitors' discount pricing and promotion strategies. As wireless telecommunications markets mature and as we seek to enter into new markets and offer new products in the future, the competition that we face may change and grow more intense.

Our continued growth depends on retaining our current key employees and attracting additional qualified personnel.

        Our success depends in large part on the abilities and continued service of our executive officers and other key employees, particularly Joseph Ram, our Chief Executive Officer. Although we have entered into employment agreements with several of our officers and employees, including Mr. Ram, we may not be able to retain their services under applicable law. The loss of executive officers or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, in order to support our continued growth, we will be required to effectively recruit, develop and retain additional qualified management. If we are unable to attract and retain additional necessary personnel, it could delay or hinder our plans for growth.

We rely on trade secret laws and agreements with our key employees and other third parties to protect our proprietary rights.

        We rely on trade secret laws to protect our proprietary knowledge, particularly our database of customers and suppliers and business terms such as pricing. In general, we also have non-disclosure agreements with our key employees and limit access to and distribution of our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These measures may prove difficult to enforce and may not prove adequate to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary information.

We may become subject to suits alleging medical risks associated with our wireless handsets.

        Lawsuits or claims have been filed or made against manufacturers of wireless handsets over the past years alleging possible medical risks, including brain cancer, associated with the electromagnetic fields emitted by wireless communications handsets. There has been only limited relevant research in this area, and this research has not been conclusive as to what effects, if any, exposure to electromagnetic fields emitted by wireless handsets has on human cells. Substantially all of our revenues are derived, either directly or indirectly, from sales of wireless handsets. We may become subject to lawsuits filed by plaintiffs alleging various health risks from our products. If any future studies find possible health risks associated with the use of wireless handsets or if any damages claim against us is successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even an unsubstantiated perception that health risks exist could adversely affect our ability or the ability of our customers to market wireless handsets.

Risks Related To This Prospectus And The Common Stock

Stockholders may be diluted as a result of future offerings or other financings.

        Even if we sell the 2,000,000 shares offered in this initial public offering, we may need to raise additional capital through one or more future public offerings, private placements or other financings

9



involving our securities. As a result of these financings, none of which are currently planned, ownership interests in our company may be greatly diluted.

There is no prior public market for our common stock, and our stock price could be volatile and could decline following this offering, resulting in a substantial loss on your investment.

        Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained, which could affect your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of your shares. In addition, the initial public offering price has been determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which the common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. The stock market in general, and the market for telecommunications-related stocks in particular, has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those listed in this "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention and resources.

Shares of common stock that are issuable pursuant to our stock option plans and our outstanding warrants could result in dilution to existing stockholders and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        We have reserved shares of common stock that may be issuable pursuant to our stock option plans and our outstanding options outside those plans. These securities, when issued and outstanding, may reduce earnings per share under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, to the extent that they are exercised and shares of common stock are issued, dilute percentage ownership to existing stockholders which could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

The ability of our stockholders to control our policies or affect a change in control of our company is limited, which may not be in our stockholders' best interests.

        Some provisions of our charter and bylaws and the General Corporation Law of Maryland, where we are incorporated, may delay or prevent a change in control of our company or other transactions that could provide our common stockholders with a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common stock or that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. These include the ability of our Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of preferred stock without stockholder approval, which preferred stock may have voting provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control or other transaction that might involve a premium price or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. Maryland law imposes restrictions on some business combinations and requires compliance with statutory procedures before some mergers and acquisitions can occur. These provisions of Maryland law may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire us even if the acquisition would be advantageous to our stockholders.

10


We will continue to be controlled by our current stockholders, who may have strategic interests that differ from those of our other stockholders.

        Upon completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised, our current stockholders will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 61.5% of our outstanding common stock. For the foreseeable future, to the extent that our current stockholders vote similarly, they will be able to exercise control over many matters requiring approval by the board of directors or our stockholders. As a result, they will be able to:


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that may be affected by matters outside our control that could cause materially different results.

        Certain statements in this document constitute "forward-looking statements." These forward-looking statements involve known or unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance, or achievements of InfoSonics to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Specifically, 1) the actions of competitors and customers and our ability to execute our business plans; and 2) our ability to increase revenues and operating income is dependent upon our ability to continue to expand our current businesses and to enter new business areas, general economic conditions, and other factors. You can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "intends," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continues" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Although we believe that the expectations reflected-in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.


DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

        The offering price of the common stock was arbitrarily determined by our management after consultation with our underwriters and was based upon consideration of our history and prospects, the background of our management and current conditions in the securities markets. The price does not bear any relationship to our assets, book value, net worth or other economic or recognized criteria of value. In no event should the offering price be regarded as an indicator of any future market price of our securities.


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $12.0 million from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share and no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses. As set forth in the table below, we expect to use portions of the net proceeds of the offering for working capital and capital expenditures, including increased selling and marketing activities and personnel, increased inventory levels, expansion of our retail wireless activation business, and implementing a logistics services business. We have not yet

11



allocated specific amounts for these purposes, and the amounts set forth below are only estimates that could change for numerous reasons. In addition, we intend to consider the possibility of using a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in related businesses or products. We have no commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment, and we are not involved in any negotiations with respect to any similar transaction. Our anticipated uses of net proceeds of this offering are as follows:

Accelerated growth of distribution business:      
  Increase sales and marketing activities, and personnel for marketing, distribution and related services   $ 700,000
  Increase inventory     5,000,000
  Expand warehouse and office space     800,000
   
    $ 6,500,000

Expansion of retail wireless activations and handset sales

 

 

1,500,000

Implementation of logistics services business

 

 

2,000,000

Additional working capital, including possible investment in related businesses or products

 

 

2,000,000
   

Total

 

$

12,000,000

        The estimated amounts and uses set forth above indicate our intentions for the use of the net proceeds from the offering. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the status of available product from the manufacturers, sales and marketing activities, technological advances, amount of cash generated or used by our operations and competition. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the balance of the net proceeds. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in certificates of deposit, short-term obligations of the United States government, or other money-market instruments that are rated investment grade or its equivalent.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our board of directors will have discretion, in determining whether to declare or pay dividends, which will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as the board of directors deems relevant. In addition, covenants in our credit agreement impose restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends in the event that we are in default.


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth the capitalization of InfoSonics as of September 30, 2003, on an actual basis, and on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the initial public offering of 2,000,000

12



shares of common stock, after deducting estimated discounts, commissions and offering expenses, without regard to the underwriters' over-allotment option, as if it had occurred on September 30, 2003.

 
  As of September 30, 2003
 
 
  Actual(1)
  Pro forma(2)
 
 
  (Unaudited)

 
Stockholders' equity:          
  Preferred stock, 10,000,000 shares authorized, $.001 par value per share; 0 shares issued and outstanding (actual), 0 shares issued and outstanding (pro forma)   0   0  
  Common stock, 40,000,000 shares authorized, $.001 par value per share; 3,200,000 shares issued and outstanding (actual), 5,200,000 shares issued and outstanding (pro forma)   3,200   5,200  
Paid-in capital   337,729   12,335,729 (3)
Retained earnings   1,288,117   1,288,117  
  Total stockholders' equity   1,629,046   13,629,046  
   
 
 
Total Capitalization   1,629,046   13,629,046  
   
 
 

(1)
See the Consolidated Financial Information and notes thereto included elsewhere herein.

(2)
The unaudited pro forma capitalization as of September 30, 2003, gives effect to the proceeds from the offering and the use of proceeds as if they had occurred on September 30, 2003. Such unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared based on estimates and assumptions deemed by InfoSonics to be appropriate and does not purport to be indicative of the results which would actually have been obtained or which may be obtained in the future.

(3)
The pro forma Paid-in capital includes the estimated net proceeds from the offering of $12.0 million reduced by the par value of the common stock to be issued.


DILUTION

        InfoSonics' net tangible book value as of September 30, 2003, was $1,447,052, or $.45 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.

        After giving effect to the sale in this offering of 2,000,000 shares of common stock at the initial public offering price of $            per share as if it had occurred on September 30, 2003, the as adjusted net tangible book value of the Company as of September 30, 2003 would have been $            , or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per share to the current stockholders of InfoSonics and an immediate dilution of $            per share, or     percent, to new investors.

        The following table illustrates the per share dilution in net tangible book value to new investors:

Public offering price per share   $  
  Net tangible book value per share before the Offering   $ .45
  Increase per share attributable to new investors   $  
Net tangible book value per share after the Offering   $  
Dilution per share to new investors   $  

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis, after the closing of the initial public offering at the assumed price of $            per share, the differences in total consideration paid or delivered by the existing stockholders, including our officers and directors, for the 3,200,000 shares of

13



common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2003 and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased:

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average
Price/Share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing Stockholders   3,200,000   61.5 % $ 340,929   2.2 % $ .11
New investors   2,000,000   38.5 % $ 15,000,000   97.8 % $  
   
 
 
 
 
Total   5,200,000   100.0 % $ 15,340,929   100.0 % $  
   
 
 
 
 

        The information presented above assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, the underwriters' warrants, or any other outstanding options to acquire our common stock. 775,000 shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options that may be granted pursuant to InfoSonics' 2003 Stock Option Plan and 858,700 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options granted under the 1998 Stock Option Plan. Of the 353,000 options granted under the 2003 Plan, none currently are exercisable. All options granted under the 1998 Plan are exercisable. An additional 245,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted outside the option plans. The issuance of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options or additional options granted pursuant to the 2003 Stock Option Plan or outside that plan may result in further dilution to new investors.


SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and the other information included in this prospectus. The selected financial data for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2002 is derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are unaudited for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999, and which have been audited by Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein LLP, independent certified accountants, for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002. The selected financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively, is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The selected financial data provided below is not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations or financial performance, and our results for

14



the nine months ended September 30, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of our results for the year ending December 31, 2003.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,

  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

Operating Data:                            
Total revenues   44,487,950   34,102,980   46,646,510   34,188,442   38,303,973   24,164,221   16,773,743
Cost of sales   39,596,858   29,895,435   41,331,432   29,974,905   35,801,649   22,807,388   12,452,913
Gross profit   4,891,092   4,207,545   5,315,078   4,213,537   2,502,324   1,356,833   1,320,830
Total operating expenses   3,860,923   3,339,257   4,572,351   4,041,058   1,769,234   1,043,950   1,005,023
Operating income   1,030,169   868,288   742,727   172,479   733,090   312,883   315,807
Net income (loss)   561,080   524,960   426,757   (72,894 ) 252,667   151,577   233,259
Weighted average diluted shares   3,908,098   4,080,662   3,640,331   3,200,000   3,733,400   4,400,000   4,183,516
Diluted earnings (loss) per share   .14   .13   0.12   (0.02 ) 0.07   0.04   0.06
 
  As of September 30,
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
  1998
 
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

   
   
   
  (Unaudited)

  (Unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:                            
Total assets   12,484,611   6,648,289   6,021,013   3,867,661   5,389,257   6,716,292   1,788,813
Line of Credit   5,499,949   1,080,933   2,300,000   1,502,872   2,783,171   2,330,000   0
Short term debt   50,000   55,570   57,031   64,305   174,659   126,954   361,451
Long term debt, less current portion   0   97,742   60,711   137,166   211,078   119,122   65,123
Stockholders' equity   1,629,046   1,412,843   1,067,966   641,209   693,508   734,842   683,263


BUSINESS

Company Overview

        InfoSonics is one of the largest distributors of wireless handsets and accessories in the United States and Mexico. We also distribute products in other portions of North, Central and South America. We distribute products of several key manufacturers, including Audiovox, Kyocera, LG, Motorola, Nokia, Panasonic, Samsung and Sony-Ericsson. In addition to our distribution services, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Axcess Mobile, LLC, owns and operates nine retail kiosks in the San Diego, California area selling handsets, accessories and AT&T Wireless activation directly to end users.

        From 1998 through 2002, we have increased revenues from $16.8 million to $46.6 million representing a compounded annual growth rate of 29.1%. Also over the past five years, operating income has increased from approximately $316,000 to approximately $743,000, yielding a compounded annual growth rate of 23.8%. During the same period, our net income also increased from approximately $233,000 to approximately $427,000, a compound annual growth rate of 16.3%.

15



        Distribution.     We operate distribution hubs in San Diego, California and Miami, Florida. The San Diego facility primarily serves the needs of our West Coast and Midwest customers while the Florida location services customers primarily on the East Coast and in Latin America. Our distribution services include the purchasing, marketing, selling, warehousing, order assembly, programming, packing, shipping, and delivery of handsets for wireless telecommunications from leading manufacturers to agents, resellers, distributors, independent dealers and retailers in the United States and to wireless network operators and resellers in Latin America. Our distribution activities in Mexico are conducted through our subsidiary, InfoSonics de Mexico, S.A. Our services are intended to provide value to wireless handset manufacturers and wireless network operators.

        We continually review and evaluate wireless telecommunications products in determining our mix of offered products and seek to acquire distribution rights for products that we believe have the potential for significant market penetration. Through the distribution of wireless telecommunications products, we attempt to assist manufacturers in achieving their business objectives of increasing unit sales volume and market share at the points of sale. For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, and September 30, 2002, approximately 93% and 92%, respectively, of our total revenue was derived from our distribution activities.

        Retail Wireless Activations And Handset Sales.     Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Axcess Mobile, LLC, with nine kiosks in the San Diego area, offers retail customers the opportunity to subscribe to AT&T Wireless services and to purchase handsets and accessories. We resell AT&T Wireless service in the San Diego area under an agreement that expires June 30, 2004 and that automatically extends for successive one-year periods under the same terms unless terminated by either party. By agreeing to resell only AT&T Wireless Service in the San Diego area, we receive higher commissions from AT&T than if we were to resell services for multiple carriers. For the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2002, our retail wireless operations (including both product sales and activation fees) accounted for approximately 7% and 8%, respectively, of total revenue.

Overview of Wireless Telecommunications Industry

        Rapid technical developments over the last few years within the wireless telecommunications industry have allowed wireless subscribers to talk, send and receive text messages, send and receive e-mails, capture and transmit digital images, send and receive multimedia messages, play games, and browse the Internet using an all-in-one wireless device. Wireless devices and services also are being used around the world to provide monitoring, point-of-sale transaction processing, inter-device communications, local area networks, location monitoring, sales force automation, and customer relationship management. As a result of these advances and new services, we believe that the handset replacement cycle will continue to shorten, leading to increased handset sales.

        The wireless telecommunications industry and its participants have experienced a number of trends in recent years, including

16


        According to U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray in its 2003 Global Wireless Projections report dated May 2003, the worldwide mobile subscriber base is estimated to double from approximately 730 million subscribers in 2000 to in excess of 1.4 billion by 2004. The North American subscriber base is expected to increase from approximately 130 million in 2000 to approximately 204 million by 2004. The chart below summarizes these and other growth trends.

Worldwide Mobile Subscriber Forecast
(Subscribers in Millions)

 
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
 
North America   130.7   159.7   179.7   194.8   203.8  
  Year over Year Growth       22.3 % 12.5 % 8.4 % 4.6 %
    Net Additions       29.1   20.0   15.1   9.0  

South America

 

51.5

 

64.6

 

75.3

 

86.3

 

97.4

 
  Year over Year Growth       25.4 % 16.7 % 14.6   12.8 %
    Net Additions       13.1   10.8   11.0   11.0  

Total Subscriberss

 

730.2

 

954.2

 

1,152.1

 

1,317.1

 

1,457.1

 
  Year over Year Growth       30.7 % 20.7 % 14.3 % 10.6 %
    Net Additions       224   197.9   165   140.0  


Source: U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray

        In addition to the continued growth of subscribers worldwide, the growth rate of number of handsets sold is expected to increase. Users are expected to accelerate the replacement of handsets due to a number of factors including the normal end of life of older handsets in the population, the existence of phone number portability that began in late November 2003, and the continued addition of advanced features such as color screens, advanced messaging, embedded cameras, more reliable and powerful chipsets and a higher speed access rate to the internet, opening a variety of business and personal applications to the consumer. The chart below summarizes the estimated sales of handsets for the periods indicated.

17



Worldwide Mobile Phone Forecast
(Number of Handsets in Millions)

 
  2000
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
 
Worldwide Handset Sales   410   380   400   445   505  
  Year over Year %       (7.3 )% 5.3 % 11.3 % 13.5 %

New Subscribers

 

249

 

224

 

198

 

165

 

140

 
  % of Total   60.8 % 58.9 % 49.5 % 37.1 % 27.7 %
  Year over Year %       (10.0 )% (11.6 )% (16.7 )% (15.2 )%

Replacements

 

161

 

156

 

202

 

280

 

365

 
  % of Total   39.2 % 41.1 % 50.5 % 62.9 % 72.3 %
  Year over Year %       (3.1 )% 29.5 % 38.6 % 30.4 %

Replacement Rate

 

33.4

%

21.4

%

21.2

%

24.3

%

27.7

%


Source: U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray

        We believe the following major factors are taking place within the wireless telecommunications industry.

        Handsets.     The handset replacement rate for 2002 was 21%, and is anticipated to grow to 24% in 2003, and almost 28% in 2004. As a percentage of total sales, replacements were 51% in 2002 and are anticipated to rise to 72% in 2004. Replacement handsets shipped are estimated to grow from 202 million in 2002 to 365 million units in 2004.

        We believe that handset sales in the markets we serve are driven by the following factors: number portability, customer churn, advances in technology, the E911 mandate, new activations, and repair costs.

18


        Industry Consolidation.     Merger and acquisition activity within the wireless network operator community has been driven by improved economies of scale, the opportunity to expand national or multi-national service areas, and efforts to increase revenue and profitability through additional service offerings. This activity has increased the demands placed on the carriers to meet increasingly complex and sophisticated customer requirements and provide services over larger geographic regions while attempting to maintain acceptable levels of profitability. We believe that this trend may continue in the future and may lead wireless network operators to focus more closely on their core business of providing wireless telecommunications services, which could, in turn, increase the need for independent distributors and reduce inventory costs by reducing product codes and obsolescence.

Our Strategy

        We intend to continue to increase sales and profitability and to solidify our position as one of the largest distributors of wireless handsets and accessories in the United States and Mexico, in addition to increasing distribution in North, Central and South America. Our strategy is to grow both horizontally and vertically in the wireless handset industry by

19


        Leverage Infrastructure and Increase Market Share.     We have sales and warehouse operations in both San Diego, California and Miami, Florida. By utilizing this geographic diversity and this existing infrastructure, as well as increases in our infrastructure funded by this offering, and our established relationships with manufacturers, we believe we can increase our sales with relatively low additional cost, resulting in increased earnings. In addition, we have customized a licensed software package for an information and customer management system that allows our employees to track not only every customer order from purchase order to delivery, but also to identify customer and geographic trends. This system is scalable, and under constant improvement to streamline operations and maximize operational efficiencies. The system also analyzes and tracks our relationships with manufacturers and other suppliers so that we can compare our purchasing trends with the overall market. We will continue to make investments in our infrastructure so as to continually enhance our ability to serve our customers and attempt to increase sales.

        Expand Business Offerings.     We intend to expand our business offerings to provide outsourced integrated value-added logistics services to the wireless telecommunications industry. These services will include inventory management, product fulfillment, preparation of product kits, and customized packaging, light assembly and end-user support services. These integrated logistic services are designed to provide outsourcing solutions for the wireless network operators, but also internet retailers and other mass merchants. This service meets their business requirements and supports their efforts to add new subscribers and increase system usage and revenues while minimizing their investments in distribution infrastructure.

        New Target Markets.     We intend to target new markets, such as rural service areas or RSAs, which we believe will enable us to increase sales by introducing products from certain of our manufacturer suppliers that have not been previously sold into these markets. Utilizing our relationships with manufacturers, and our knowledge of this untapped market, we believe we can add revenues as well as gross profit from this market. This market represents approximately 20% of the total United States cellular subscribers, according to U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray in its 2003 Global Wireless Projections report dated May 2003, and shares the same characteristics of our existing markets. We believe it will be complementary to our existing customer base and allow us to leverage our existing distribution infrastructure.

        Expand Manufacturer Relationships.     We put great emphasis on developing new, and improving our existing, wireless equipment manufacturer relationships and thereby broadening our product portfolio. We accomplish this by expanding product lines, brands and technologies within the markets we serve, thereby extending our reach. In particular, we are currently focusing on expanding our product portfolio to include the newest products, which provide data, entertainment, and imaging functionality to wireless handset users. We currently have relationships with five of the top manufacturers and are working to develop distribution relationships with others as well as with new, innovative manufacturers. We believe that by expanding our manufacturing relationships, we can offer the most innovative product lines, brands and technologies within the markets we serve.

        Improve Operating Efficiencies.     We constantly monitor our operations to improve our cost structure in order to maintain and increase both profitability and productivity. We continuously evaluate opportunities to operate more efficiently by monitoring returns on invested capital, working to obtain better purchase terms, more effectively utilize our limited capital resources, implement workforce management programs, and centralize back-office operations.

20


        Geographic Expansion.     We plan to expand our operations through enhanced warehouse and operational facilities in both California and Florida as well as other potential locations. These activities are intended to expand our geographic presence, increase our customer base, improve our product portfolio, and add new capabilities and service offerings. Potential expansion areas include, but are not limited to, local warehouse and operational facilities in the mid-western United States and Latin America.

        Expand Retail Operations.     We operate nine retail kiosks in shopping malls in the San Diego area. We currently sell handsets from various manufacturers including Audiovox, Kyocera, LG, Motorola, Nokia, Panasonic, Samsung and Sony-Ericsson and resell AT&T Wireless phone service. By agreeing to resell only AT&T Wireless Service in the San Diego area, we receive higher commissions from AT&T than if we were to resell services for multiple carriers. Because this business unit has significantly higher gross margins, we intend to pursue the possibility of opening and operating additional retail locations in other large metropolitan markets.

Products and Services

        Sources of Revenues.     We generate revenues by distributing and selling wireless handsets and accessories in the United States and Latin America. Our distribution activities in Mexico are conducted through our subsidiary, InfoSonics de Mexico, S.A. As a part of our distribution activities, we perform value added services when requested by the customer. These services include but are not limited to programming, locking, software loading, packaging, and quality assurance testing. During the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002, approximately 93% and 92%, respectively, of our revenues were from distribution.

        Customers.     Our United States customers include agents, resellers, distributors, independent dealers and retailers. Our Latin American customers include wireless network operators and resellers. During the nine months ended September 30, 2003, we provided products and services to approximately 600 customers. Our two largest customers accounted for approximately 24% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002. We generally sell our products pursuant to customer purchase orders and ship products by common carrier on the same day orders are received from the customer.

        Sources of Revenues.     We generate revenues at our retail kiosk locations by selling wireless handsets and accessories, for which we are paid by the customers, and by reselling wireless services for AT&T Wireless, which consist primarily of activation as well as upgrades, for which we are paid commissions by the carrier. These commissions are increased with each additional feature a customer adds to the customer's basic wireless service, such as text messaging and internet access. We receive additional monthly payments, or residuals, to the extent customers continue their accounts. Most of our retail revenues are derived from commissions received from sales of wireless services. Currently, we operate in one large metropolitan market, the San Diego area; however, we may target other large metropolitan markets for expansion.

        Customers.     Our retail wireless services are typically provided to individuals, who maintain agreements directly with the carrier. These individuals also are the customers for handset and accessory sales at our retail locations.

21



Information Systems

        Our information system, which is based upon licensed software, has been, and continues to be, customized specifically by our management to meet the specific needs of our business. The system allows management to access and have total control over information related to all aspects of the business, including customer relationship management, intelligent purchasing, inventory control, inventory flow, back orders, line item margin control for every order, and weighted average cost and statistical data for every product, customer and supplier. Management believes that our information systems have allowed us to provide better service to customers, which we believe leads to increased customer satisfaction and resulting customer retention and future sales.

Vendors

        We have established key relationships with many of the leading manufacturers of wireless telecommunications equipment. In 2002, we purchased inventory from more than 65 wireless mobile device and accessory manufacturers and other suppliers. Certain of our suppliers may provide favorable purchasing terms to us, including price protection, cooperative advertising, volume incentive rebates, stock balancing and marketing allowances. Product manufacturers typically provide limited warranties directly to the end user.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2003, three vendors accounted for approximately 21%, 17% and 12%, respectively, of our total cost of sales. During the year ended December 31, 2002, three vendors accounted for approximately 28%, 14% and 12%, respectively, of our total cost of sales.

        We have entered into written agreements with two of our supplier-manufacturers for distribution in the United States. These agreements are subject to certain conditions and exceptions including the retention by these suppliers of certain direct accounts and restrictions regarding our resale of products. These agreements require us to satisfy purchase requirements based upon forecasts provided by us, a portion of which forecasts are binding, and generally can be terminated on short notice by either party. In addition, we purchase products from other manufacturers and suppliers pursuant to purchase orders placed from time to time in the ordinary course of business for products to be sold in the United States and specific countries or geographic areas outside the United States. All our agreements with suppliers are non-exclusive. Although we do not have written agreements with the majority of our manufacturers and suppliers, we believe we will have adequate product flows in the future to fulfill our reasonably foreseeable product requirements.

Sales and Marketing

        We believe that direct selling and one-on-one relationships, as well as in-depth product and competitive landscape knowledge, are important factors in the marketing of the products that we sell. Accordingly, we promote relationship building and maintenance through personal contact and advertising in industry publications, both print and on-line, and attending the major national and regional carrier shows. Our suppliers and customers use a variety of methods to promote their products and services directly to consumers, including print and media advertising.

        We currently employ 15 experienced sales professionals who are involved in distribution and who market to existing and potential customers in their respective assigned territories through both telephone and e-mail interaction and notification of special promotions. Potential new customers are located primarily through our database, as well as industry publications and journals. Each sales person is compensated based on generation of new customers as well as maintaining existing customers. We believe this approach motivates the sales professionals to achieve higher gross margin as well as greater sales numbers.

22



Competition

        We compete for sales of wireless telecommunications equipment and accessories, and expect that we will continue to compete, with numerous well-established wireless network operators, distributors and manufacturers, including our own suppliers. Competitors in the United States and Latin America include wireless equipment manufacturers, network operators and other dedicated wireless distributors such as CellStar Corporation and BrightPoint, Inc. Our planned logistics services business will compete with logistics services providers and electronics manufacturing service providers in the United States and Latin America, such as Communications Test Design, Inc., UPS Logistics, Aftermarket Technologies Inc., CAT Logistics, CellStar and BrightPoint.

        The markets for wireless handsets and accessories are characterized by intense price competition and significant price erosion over the life of a product. Many of our competitors have the financial resources to withstand substantial price competition and to implement extensive advertising and promotional programs, both generally and in response to efforts by additional competitors to enter into new markets or introduce new products. For additional information concerning competition and possible affects of competition on our business, see "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Business—The wireless telecommunications industry is intensely competitive and we may not be able to continue to compete successfully in this industry".

Employees

        As of September 30, 2003, we had 101 employees. Of these employees, five were in executive positions, 80 were engaged in sales and marketing (65 in our retail locations and 15 in our distribution business), seven were in service operations, and nine were in finance and administration (including information technology employees). From time to time, we utilize temporary employees to perform warehouse and retail functions. None of our employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Properties

        We provide our distribution services from our sales and operations centers located in San Diego, California and Miami, Florida. These facilities are occupied pursuant to operating leases. Our retail wireless locations consist of leased kiosks in nine San Diego metropolitan shopping centers. The table below summarizes information about our sales and operations centers:

 
  Number of
Locations

  Aggregate
Square Footage

  Approximate
Monthly Rent

 
San Diego, California   1   18,000   $ 14,000  

Miami, Florida

 

1

 

4,000

 

$

3,400

 

Retail kiosk locations

 

9

 

1,350

 

$

68,000

(1)

(1)
Individual kiosk rental rates range from $6,000 to $10,000 per month. The number shown is for all locations.

        The sublease for our San Diego executive offices and warehouse space expires in June 2004, although it may be terminated earlier if the master lease is terminated earlier. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current requirements and that suitable alternative or additional space will be available as needed for alternative space or to accommodate future expansion of our operations.

23


Credit Facility

        We have a line of credit with Comerica Bank that allows us to borrow up to a maximum of $6,500,000 with a maturity date of March 7, 2004. Management believes that the credit line will be renewed or replaced in an equal or greater amount. The current line of credit provides for advances not to exceed 80% of eligible accounts receivable and 85% of foreign and domestic insured accounts receivable. Advances pursuant to the line of credit are collateralized by substantially all our assets and are personally guaranteed by Joseph Ram, our Chief Executive Officer, a director, and the principal stockholder. Interest on outstanding advances is payable monthly and is computed using the Bank's prime rate or, at our option, the one-, two-, or three-month LIBOR rate plus 2.25% for the first $500,000 and 2.5% for amounts over $500,000. On September 30, 2003, our interest rate on $3,500,000 of the outstanding principal balance was 4.0%, our interest rate on $1,500,000 of outstanding principal was 3.67% and our interest rate on the remaining $500,000 of outstanding principal balance was 3.39%. On September 30, 2003, the outstanding principal balance on the line of credit was approximately $5.5 million; and on December 31, 2003 it was approximately $5.2 million.

Insurance

        We have a commercial liability policy, an umbrella policy, workmen's compensation insurance, and accounts receivable credit insurance as well as other policies covering damage to our properties and inventories. These policies cover our facilities, employees, equipment, inventories and vehicles in all states of operation. We believe our insurance coverage is adequate for most foreseeable problems and is comparable with the coverage of other companies in the same business and of similar size. We also have applied for directors and officers liability insurance.

Legal Proceedings

        In the normal course of our business, we may be a party to legal proceedings. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

24



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

        This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Financial Data" and our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes contained in this prospectus. Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of any contingent liabilities at the financial statement date and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis we review our estimates and assumptions. Our estimates were based on our historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results are likely to differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions, but we do not believe such differences will materially affect our financial position or results of operations. Our critical accounting policies, the policies we believe are most important to the presentation of our financial statements and require the most difficult, subjective and complex judgments, are outlined below in "—Critical Accounting Policies," and have not changed significantly. All references to financial data or results as of or for the period ending September 30, 2003 or September 30, 2002 are unaudited. Certain statements made in this report may contain forward-looking statements. For a description of risks and uncertainties relating to such forward-looking statements, see the cautionary statements.

        Our business has historically experienced increased volumes of sales at the end of the calendar year. This and other seasonal factors contribute to the usual increase in our sales during the third and fourth quarters of our fiscal year.

        Effective September 11, 2003, InfoSonics reincorporated in Maryland and effected a two-for-one forward stock split. Per share amounts for all periods presented in this report have been adjusted to reflect this change.

Results of Operations:

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, we had net income of $561,000, or $.18 per share, on revenues of $44.5 million. This compares with net income of $525,000, or $.16 per share, on revenues of $34.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to the strengthening of our sales and marketing efforts in both the United States and Latin America, as well as an increase in the number of units and average selling price of handsets sold. For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, the number of handsets sold increased 17.2%, and the average selling price increased 12.8% as compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2002. In addition, the revenues from our retail operations increased 9% for the same period.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, gross profit increased by $684,000, an increase of 16.2% as compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2002. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues was 11.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 as compared with 12.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2002. The increase in gross profit dollars was primarily the result of increased sales volume, whereas the decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenues was due to the higher average purchase price, together with lower margins, in the nine months ended September 30, 2003, as well as the lack of inventory availability of higher margin products in the nine months ended September 30, 2003.

25



        For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, our income from operations was $1,030,000, an increase of 18.6% as compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2002. This increase is primarily attributable to the increase in revenues and gross profit dollars discussed above.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, we had net income of $427,000, or $.13 per share, on revenues of $46.6 million. This compared with a net loss of $73,000, or $.02 per share, on revenues of $34.2 million for the year ended December 21, 2001. The increase in revenues was partially attributable to the strengthening of our sales force in the United States, as well as an increase in the number of units and average selling price of handsets sold. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the number of handsets sold increased 36.9%, and the average selling price per unit increased 2.2% as compared with the year ended December 31, 2001. The last several months of 2001 also were impacted by the economic slowdown during that time (including the events of September 11, 2001). In addition, the revenues from our retail operations increased by 19.4% from the previous year.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, our gross profit increased by $1.1 million, an increase of 26.1% as compared with the year ended December 31, 2001. Gross profit was 11.4% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared with 12.3% for the year ended December 31, 2001. The increase in gross profit dollars was primarily the result of increased sales volume, and the decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to a change in product mix, characterized by selling a larger percentage of lower gross profit handsets in the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared with year ended December 31, 2001.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, our income from operations was $743,000, as compared with $172,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001. The increase in income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 was a result of the factors discussed above, as well as the overall economic slowdown in the last four months of 2001.

        For the year ended December 31, 2001, we experienced a net loss of $73,000, or $.02 per share, on revenues of $34.2 million, compared with net income of $253,000, or $0.08 per share, on revenues of $38.3 million for the year ended December 21, 2000. The decrease in revenues was primarily attributable to the economic slowdown during the last several months of 2001 (including the events of September 11, 2001). For the year ended December 31, 2001, average selling price decreased 9.6% as compared with the year ended December 31, 2000. The decrease in average handset selling price was directly attributable to the product mix available for sale during the year ended December 31, 2001.

        For the year ended December 31, 2001, gross profit increased by $1.7 million, an increase of 68.4% as compared with the year ended December 31, 2000. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues was 12.3% for the year ended December 31, 2001 as compared with 6.5% for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in both gross profit dollars and gross profit as a percentage of sales was primarily the result of the consolidated reporting of our retail subsidiary Axcess Mobile LLC, with its higher margins, which was acquired as of December 31, 2000, and became consolidated in our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2001.

        For the year ended December 31, 2001, our income from operations was $172,000, as compared with $733,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. The decrease in income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2001 was a product of the factors discussed above, as well as the consolidation of our wholly owned subsidiary Axcess Mobile, LLC, beginning on January 1, 2001.

26



Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Cash

        At September 30, 2003, we had $33,459 in cash, at December 31, 2002, we had $1,268,611 in cash, and, at September 30, 2002, we had $27,183 in cash.

    Cash Flows

        Cash generated from operations also has been a major contributing factor to our growth. For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2002, cash used in operating activities was $3,952,000 and $786,622, respectively. The increase in the use of cash in operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 is primarily due to increases in accounts receivable and inventory, both of which resulted from increased sales levels. As we continue to grow, cash provided by operating activates can fluctuate based upon market conditions, and cash used in investing activities will be increased from time to time as needed to support the increased levels of business.

        Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 was $24,688, and net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2002 was $35,969.

        We expect that our capital expenditure requirements for fiscal 2004 will be approximately $100,000. We expect to use these funds primarily for the purchase of computer and office equipment as well as leasehold improvements to our corporate headquarters. We currently have no capital expenditure commitments over the next 12 months.

    Borrowings

        We utilize a bank line of credit which is based upon eligible accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, amounts advanced against that line were approximately $2.3, $1.5, $2.8 million, respectively. This credit line has been an important part of growing the business, and market changes affecting accounts receivable could diminish the borrowing base of available funds. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, advances were 52%, 73% and 92% of the available borrowing base. This current facility expires March 7, 2004, and management believes it will be able to renew or replace this facility in an equal or greater amount upon its expiration.

        We believe that our existing cash resources, together with our projected cash flow from operations and the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to allow us to implement our strategy and growth plan described in this prospectus.

Contractual Obligations

        We lease corporate and administrative office facilities, automobiles, and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain of these leases contain renewal options. Rent expense under these leases was approximately $900,000 and $692,000 for 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments required by the above leases.

Year Ending December 31,

  Buildings and
Kiosks

  Automobiles and
Equipment

  Total
2003   $ 780,208   $ 34,317   $ 814,525
2004   $ 388,031     2,523   $ 390,554
2005   $ 88,379       $ 88,379
   
 
 
Total   $ 1,256,618   $ 36,840   $ 1,293,458
   
 
 

27


Critical Accounting Policies

        We believe the following critical accounting policies are important to the presentation of our financial condition and results, and require management's judgments often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

    Revenue Recognition and Accrued Chargebacks

        Revenues are recognized upon (1) shipment of the products to customers, (2) when collection of the outstanding receivables are probable, and (3) the final price of the product is determined. Commission revenue on phone activations is recorded at the time of the activation and may be charged back to the Company in future periods. The carrier has six months from date of activation to charge back amounts previously credited to the Company if the customer terminates its service. We provide an allowance for estimated returns based on our experience, which estimate is recorded as a contra asset against accounts receivable. A provision for returns is provided in the same period in which the related commission revenue is recorded. Customer credit-worthiness and economic conditions may change and increase the risk of collectibility and contract terminations and may require additional provisions, which would negatively impact our operating results.

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Sales Return Reserve

        Credit evaluations are undertaken for all major sale transactions before shipment is authorized. Normal payment terms require payment on a net sixty day basis. On an on-going basis, we analyze the payment history of customer accounts, including recent customer purchases. We evaluate aged items in the accounts receivable aging and provide reserves for doubtful accounts and estimated sales returns. Customer credit-worthiness and economic conditions may change and increase the risk of collectibility and sales returns and may require additional provisions, which would negatively impact our operating results. As of December 31, 2002, December 31, 2001 and September 30, 2003, respectively, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $34,011, $133,798, and $117,524.

    Inventory Write-Off and Effect on Gross Margin

        We regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and record a provision for excess and obsolete inventories based primarily on historical usage rates and our estimated forecast of product demand for a period of time, generally six months. Because of obsolescence, we will generally provide a full reserve for the costs of our inventories in excess of our relevant forecast for the applicable period.

        We attempt to control our inventory levels so that we do not hold inventories in excess of demand for the succeeding six months. However, because we need to place non-cancelable orders with significant lead time and because it is difficult to estimate product demand, it is possible that we will build inventories in excess if demand for the future periods. If we have inventories in excess of estimated product demand, we will provide a reserve, which could have a material adverse effect on our reported results of operations and financial position.

Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are subject to market risks with respect to interest rates because our line of credit has a floating interest rate. We can choose among the bank's prime rate, which was 4% at September 30, 2003, and the one-, two-, and three-month LIBOR rates plus (with respect to the LIBOR rate) 2.25% for the first $500,000 of borrowings and 2.5% for borrowings above $500,000. As of September 30, 2003, our LIBOR borrowings were $2,000,000 and were based on the three-month rate, which was 1.14% at that time. If the full $6,500,000 available under our credit facility were outstanding for a full year, each increase of 1% in the applicable interest rate would result in an additional $65,000 in interest expense for that year.

        Our business outside the United States is conducted in United States Dollars. Although we purchase and sell products and services in United States Dollars and do not engage in exchange swaps, futures or options contracts or other hedging techniques, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could reduce demand for products sold in United States dollars. We cannot predict the effect that future exchange rate fluctuations will have on our operating results. We may in the future engage in currency hedging transactions, which could result in our incurring significant additional losses.

28



MANAGEMENT

        Set forth in the following table are the names of our directors and executive officers, their respective positions and ages, and the year in which each director was first elected. Additional information concerning each of these individuals follows the table.

Name

  Age
  Position with InfoSonics

  Initial
Date as
Director

Joseph Ram   41   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director   1994

Abraham Rosler

 

42

 

Executive Vice President and Director

 

1998

Joseph Murgo

 

35

 

Vice President of Sales and Marketing

 

N/A

Jeffrey Klausner

 

32

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

N/A

John W. Combs(1)(2)

 

56

 

Director

 

2003

Randall P. Marx(1)(2)

 

51

 

Director

 

2003

Robert S. Picow(1)(2)

 

48

 

Director

 

2003

(1)
Member of the Audit Committee of our Board.

(2)
Member of the Compensation Committee of our Board.

Executive Officers and Directors

        Joseph Ram, Founder, President, CEO & Director.     In 1994, Mr. Ram founded InfoSonics Corporation as a distribution center for telecom and business systems. Previously, between 1989 and 1993, as sales director for ProCom Supply, Mr. Ram was in charge of worldwide purchasing and oversaw all international sales.

        Abraham Rosler, Executive Vice President & Director.     Mr. Rosler has served as Executive Vice President and a director of InfoSonics since 1998. Mr. Rosler oversees purchasing and all international sales. Prior to joining InfoSonics, Mr. Rosler was the managing director of a company that sold cellular accessories into Latin America. Mr. Rosler holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Nevada at Las Vegas.

        Joseph Murgo, Vice President of North America Sales & Marketing.     Mr. Murgo has served as our Vice President of North American Sales and Marketing since February 2000. Mr. Murgo oversees our domestic sales department. Mr. Murgo was the director of a sales team at BrightPoint, Inc. from 1996 until 1999 and a national account manager for Ericsson, Inc. from 1999 until 2000. Mr. Murgo has an Associated Arts degree from Massachusetts Bay Community College.

        Jeffrey Klausner, Chief Financial Officer.     Mr. Klausner has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2003. Prior to joining InfoSonics in July 2003, Mr. Klausner was responsible for financial management of Cable & Wireless's Content Delivery Network, including caching and streaming, from 2000 until 2003. Prior to his work at Cable & Wireless, during 1999 he was Corporate Controller for Sandpiper Networks, later merged with Digital Island and acquired by Cable & Wireless. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Klausner was head of Finance and Operations for STV Communications, which was later acquired by Sonic Foundry. Mr. Klausner started his career with Coopers & Lybrand in the technology and entertainment practice in Los Angeles. Mr. Klausner holds a Bachelors of Science in Management from Tulane University, and is a CPA in California.

29



        John W. Combs, Director.     Mr. Combs has served as a director of InfoSonics since December 2003. Mr. Combs has served as a director of DMC Stratex Networks, Inc., a publicly traded company that provides high-speed wireless transmission solutions, since May 1997. Mr. Combs has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Littlefeet, Inc., a distributed cover technology company, since July 2001. From September 1999 to July 2001, Mr. Combs served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Internet Connect, a broadband networking solutions provider. Mr. Combs served as President, Southwest Area, for Nextel Communications, Inc., a wireless digital communications system provider, from June 1993 to September 1999. Prior to Nextel Communications, Mr. Combs was President of Mitel Inc., a manufacturer of private branch exchanges or PBXs.

        Randall P. Marx, Director.     Mr. Marx has served as a director of InfoSonics since December 2003. Mr. Marx has served as Chief Executive Officer of ARC Wireless Solutions, Inc., a publicly traded company engaged in antenna design and manufacture and the distribution of wireless network components, since February 2001 and has served as a director of ARC since May 1990. Mr. Marx served ARC as President from November 1991 until July 2000, as Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer from December 1994 until June 30, 2000 and as Director of Acquisitions from July 2000 until February 2001. From 1983 until 1989, Mr. Marx served as President of THT Lloyd's Inc., Lloyd's Electronics Corp. and Lloyd's Electronics Hong Kong Ltd., international consumer electronics companies.

        Robert S. Picow, Director.     Mr. Picow has served as a director of InfoSonics since December 2003. Mr. Picow has served as a director of Streicher Mobile Fueling, a fuel distribution company, since March 2001 and as a director of Fundamental Management Corporation, a private fund management company, since May 2001. Mr. Picow also has served as a director of Cenuco Inc., a publicly traded company engaged in wireless application development and software solutions, since October 2003. Mr. Picow was chief executive officer of Allied Communications, a cellular telephone and accessory distribution company, from its formation in 1986 until it merged with Brightpoint in 1996. Mr. Picow served as Vice Chairman and a director of Brightpoint from 1996 until 1997. Mr. Picow also serves on the board of trustees of the Children's Place at Homesafe, a Palm Beach, Florida based charity.

Board Committees

        Audit Committee.     In August 2003, our Board of Directors formed an audit committee and a compensation committee. The audit committee performs the following functions:

    to determine the independent auditors to be employed;

    to discuss the scope of the independent auditors' examination;

    to review the financial statements and the independent auditors' report;

    to solicit recommendations from the independent auditors regarding internal controls and other matters;

    to review all related party transactions for potential conflicts of interest;

    to make recommendations to the Board; and

    to perform other related tasks as requested by the Board of Directors.

        John W. Combs, Randall P. Marx and Robert S. Picow are the members of the audit committee. The board has determined that Mr. Marx, Chairman of the Audit Committee, is an audit committee financial expert and that Messrs. Combs, Marx and Picow are independent directors.

30


        Compensation Committee.     We also have a compensation committee, which is responsible for setting the compensation of all executive officers and senior level employees. Messrs. Combs, Marx and Picow serve on the compensation committee.

        Nominating Committee.     We also have a nominating committee, which is responsible for nominating potential directors and for considering nominations for potential directors submitted by our stockholders. Messrs. Combs, Marx and Picow serve on this committee.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation

        The following table sets forth in summary form, for each of the last three successive fiscal years ended December 31, 2002, the compensation we paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to any other person with at least $100,000 in compensation during any of those fiscal years.

Summary Compensation Table

 
  Annual Compensation
  Long Term Compensation
 
   
   
   
   
  Awards
  Payouts
Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year

  Salary
($)(1)

  Bonus
($)(2)

  Other Annual
Compensation
($)(3)

  Restricted
Stock
Awards(#)

  Options
(#)

  Payouts
($)(3)

  All Other
Compensation
($)(4)

Joseph Ram
Chief Executive Officer
  2002
2001
2000
  118,800
118,800
116,100
  124,910
128,510
168,355
  21,485
21,391
15,159
 

 
200,000
 

 


Abraham Rosler
Executive Vice President

 

2002
2001
2000

 

72,000
72,000
72,000

 

28,875
23,250
36,200

 

6,752
6,786
8,098

 




 


45,500

 




 




Joseph Murgo
Vice President of Sales

 

2002
2001
2000

 

90,004
98,750
82,665

 

56,428
26,885
22,116

 




 




 

10,000


 




 




(1)
The dollar value of base salary (cash and non-cash) earned during the year indicated.

(2)
The dollar value of bonus (cash and non-cash) earned during the year indicated.

(3)
Unless otherwise shown, the aggregate amount of perquisites and other personal benefits, securities or property received by the named executive officers was less than either $50,000 or 10.0% of the total annual salary and bonus reported for such named executive officer, whichever is less. The amounts shown are for automobile and tax return preparation expenses paid by InfoSonics.

(4)
All other compensation received that InfoSonics could not properly report in any other column of the Summary Compensation Table.

Option Grants

        The following table sets forth information concerning individual grants of stock options made during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 to each named executive officer.

31



Option Grants For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2002

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options Granted
(#)

  % of Total
Options
Granted to
Employees
in Fiscal Year

  Exercise or
Base Price
($/Share)

  Expiration
Date

Joseph Ram   0        
Abraham Rosler   0        
Joseph Murgo   10,000 (1) 41 % $ 1.70/Share   2012

(1)
All options are currently exercisable.

Aggregated Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Value

        The following table provides certain summary information concerning stock option exercises during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 by the named executive officers and the value of unexercised stock options held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2002.

Aggregated Option Exercises For Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2002 And Year-End Option Values(1)

 
   
   
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options at Fiscal
Year-End(#)(2)

  Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money
Options at Fiscal
Year-End($)(3)

Name

  Shares
Acquired on
Exercise(#)

  Value
Realized
($)

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
Joseph Ram       200,000     1,500,000  

Abraham Rosler

 


 


 

605,500

 


 

4,541,250

 


Joseph Murgo

 


 


 

10,000

 


 

75,000

 


(1)
No stock appreciation rights are held by any of the named executive officers.

(2)
The total number of unexercised options held as of December 31, 2002, is separated between those options that were exercisable and those options that were not exercisable on that date.

(3)
For all unexercised options held as of December 31, 2002, the aggregate dollar value of the excess of the market value of the stock underlying those options over the exercise price of those unexercised options. These values are shown separately for those options that were exercisable, and those options that were not yet exercisable, on December 31, 2002. Because there was no public market at that time, the calculations were made using the proposed public offering price of $            per share.

Employment, Severance and Separation Agreements with Named Executive Officers

        InfoSonics has entered into employment agreements dated as of January 1, 2004 with each of its executive officers. The employment agreements for each of Joseph Ram, Jeffrey Klausner and Abraham Rosler are substantially similar except with respect to the annual salary. Mr. Ram is to receive an annual salary of $275,000, Mr. Klausner is to receive an annual salary of $150,000, and Mr. Rosler is to receive a salary of $120,000. In addition, the employees will be eligible for bonuses as determined by the Compensation Committee. The employment agreements with these executive officers have a term of four years.

32



        The employment agreement for Mr. Murgo provides for an annual base salary of $100,000 plus a bonus of up to 200% of salary, depending on total sales levels and gross profits from sales generated by Mr. Murgo and the sales people that he supervises. The percentages used to calculate the bonus may be revised by the Compensation Committee as other personnel are hired for certain sales activities. In addition, the Compensation Committee has the right to review Mr. Murgo's employment agreement every six months and to change terms as the Committee deems appropriate. If Mr. Murgo does not agree to the changes, we have the right upon ten days' notice to Mr. Murgo to amend the compensation payable under the agreement to a salary amount equal to 110% of the average monthly salary paid to Mr. Murgo for the previous 12 months.

        All the agreements with the executive officers provide for the payment of severance under certain conditions. If the Company terminates the employment agreements other than for cause or as a result of a breach of a fiduciary or other obligation of the employee to InfoSonics, or if the employee terminates for "good reason" (as defined in the employment agreements), the employee is entitled to a severance payment equal to the greater of 50% of the salary payable over the remaining term of the employment agreement or 18 months of salary. If the employee voluntarily terminates his employment other than for "good reason" as defined in the employment agreements, the employee is not entitled to receive a severance payment. The definition of "good reason" includes a change in control of the Company.

Stock Option Plans

    1998 Stock Option Plan

        In May 1998, our Board of Directors and shareholders approved a Stock Option Plan (the "1998 Plan") that allowed us to issue options to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock to key executives. The 1998 Plan was amended effective December 31, 2001 to extend the term of the 1998 Plan until May 31, 2008 and to increase the number of shares underlying options granted under the 1998 Plan to 858,700. Options granted under the 1998 Plan are not incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code. The 1998 Plan is administered by a committee appointed by the Board of Directors. Members of the committee are not eligible to receive options under the 1998 Plan. The committee has complete discretion, subject to the terms of the 1998 Plan, to determine the individuals to whom options will be granted, the number of shares subject to each option, and the vesting and other provisions of the options. Under the 1998 Plan, options may be granted to officers and department heads of the Corporation. Options granted under the 1998 Plan expire ten years after the date of grant. Shares issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 1998 Plan are subject to repurchase upon the termination of the eligible employee's employment. The purchase price for the shares repurchased is the value of the shares as determined by an independent appraisal commission by the Corporation's Board of Directors. At December 31, 2003, options to purchase 858,700 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 1998 Plan and no additional options could be granted under the 1998 Plan.

    2003 Stock Option Plan

        Pursuant to our 2003 Stock Option Plan, we may grant options to purchase an aggregate of 775,000 shares of common stock to key employees, non-employee directors and key individuals selected by the option committee. The options granted pursuant to the 2003 Plan may be incentive options qualifying for beneficial tax treatment for the recipient, non-qualified options, or non-qualified, non-discretionary options. Only our employees or employees of subsidiaries are eligible for incentive options, and employees and other persons who have contributed or are contributing to our success are eligible for non-qualified options. Non-qualified, non-discretionary options may be granted only to outside directors. With respect to options granted to persons other than outside directors, the 2003 Plan is administered by an option committee that determines the terms of the options subject to the

33


requirements of the 2003 Plan. Under the terms of the 2003 Plan, our Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is permitted to serve, and has served, as the option committee. The portion of the 2003 Plan concerning non-qualified, non-discretionary options provides that outside directors automatically receive options to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the 2003 Plan at the time of their initial election as an outside director. The Chair of the Audit Committee will automatically receive additional options to purchase 5,000 shares at the time of election as Chair of that Committee. The options held by outside directors are not exercisable at the time of grant, but options to purchase one-third of the shares become exercisable for each outside director on December 31 of each of the first three years immediately following the date of grant of these options to the outside director. The exercise price for the non-qualified, non-discretionary options is the fair market value of the common stock on the date these options are granted. Shares acquired upon exercise of these options cannot be sold for six months following the date of grant. If not previously exercised, non-qualified, non-discretionary options that have been granted expire five years after the date of grant. The non-qualified, non-discretionary options also expire 90 days after the optionholder ceases to be a member of our Board of Directors. At any time that all of an outside director's options or options granted to the Chair of the Audit Committee have become exercisable, non-qualified, non-discretionary options to purchase an additional 15,000 shares, or 5,000 shares for the Chair of the Audit Committee, which are not exercisable at the time of grant, shall be granted automatically to that outside director.

        All options granted under the 2003 Plan will become fully exercisable upon the occurrence of a change in control of InfoSonics or certain mergers or other reorganizations or asset sales described in the 2003 Plan. Options granted pursuant to the 2003 Plan generally are not transferable during the optionee's lifetime. Subject to the other terms of the 2003 Plan, the option committee has discretion to provide vesting requirements and specific expiration provisions with respect to the incentive options and non-qualified options granted. At December 31, 2003, options to purchase 353,000 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2003 Plan and options to purchase 422,000 shares were available to be granted pursuant to the 2003 Plan.

Compensation of Outside Directors

        In 2002, we had no outside directors. In December 2003, we elected three outside directors. In addition to grants of options described above in "Stock Option Plans—2003 Stock Option Plan," outside directors will receive $13,500 per year, payable quarterly, for serving as directors. The Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $2,000 per year, payable quarterly. Outside directors also will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in fulfilling their duties as directors.

34



BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF SECURITIES

        As of January 26, 2004, there were 3,212,000 shares of our common stock outstanding. The following table sets forth certain information as of that date with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by each director and named executive officer, by all executive officers and directors as a group, and by each other person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock.

Name and Address
of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares
Beneficially
Owned(1)

  Percentage of Shares
Outstanding

  Percentage of Shares
Outstanding After
Offering(2)

 
Joseph Ram
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, CA 92121
  2,600,000 (3) 76.2 % 48.0 %
Abraham Rosler
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, CA 92121
  605,500 (4) 15.9 % 10.4 %
Joseph Murgo   30,000 (4) *   *  
John W. Combs   0 (5)    
Randall P. Marx   0 (5)    
Robert S. Picow   0 (5)    
All Officers and Directors as a Group (9 Persons)   3,235,500 (6) 79.9 % 53.5 %
JRC, Inc.
One Knightrider Court
London EC4V 5JU
United Kingdom
  920,000 (7) 27.6 % 17.3 %

*
Less than one percent

(1)
"Beneficial ownership" is defined in the regulations promulgated by the SEC as having or sharing, directly or indirectly, (1) voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, or (2) investment power, which includes the power to dispose or to direct the disposition of shares of the common stock of an issuer. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

(2)
Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised and that the named persons do not purchase any shares in the offering.

(3)
Includes 200,000 shares underlying currently exercisable options.

(4)
Consists of shares underlying currently exercisable options.

(5)
Does not include options to purchase 20,000 shares held by Mr. Marx and options to purchase 15,000 shares held by Mr. Picow and Mr. Combs as non-employee directors pursuant to our 2003 Stock Option Plan. One-third of these options become exercisable on each of December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 if the holder continues to be a director on those dates.

(6)
Includes 835,500 shares underlying currently exercisable stock options held by officers and directors.

(7)
Includes 120,000 shares underlying currently exercisable common stock options.

35



TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN INFOSONICS AND RELATED PARTIES

        This section describes the transactions we have engaged in with persons who were directors or officers of InfoSonics at the time of the transaction, and persons known by us to be the beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock since January 1, 2002.

Stockholder Indebtedness

        As of December 31, 2002, we owed approximately $153,000 of accrued interest to JRC, Inc., or JRC, a United Kingdom corporation that beneficially owns 25% of our common stock. The accrued interest relates to indebtedness that previously was converted into the 800,000 shares of common stock owned by JRC. The repayment of the accrued interest is scheduled to occur over a 12-month period. As of September 30, 2003, approximately $50,000 of the accrued interest due to this stockholder remained unpaid. Repayment of the accrued interest is subordinated to our line of credit (see Note 3 to the Financial Statements included in this prospectus).

Sales

        We sell products to a distributor in Mexico, which until January 2004 was owned by Joseph Ram, our Chief Executive Officer, a director and principal stockholder, and Abraham Rosler, Executive Vice President and Director. Effective January 26, 2004, all of their interest in this Mexican corporation was transferred to InfoSonics for $3,600, and it is now held as a wholly-owned subsidiary of InfoSonics. Sales to this entity totaled approximately $140,800 in 2002, $0 in 2001 and $0 in 2000. At December 31, 2002, there were no open accounts between this entity and InfoSonics.

Management Agreement

        InfoSonics and JRC entered into a Management Agreement effective January 1, 2000. Pursuant to this Agreement, JRC provides management services to InfoSonics, including introducing InfoSonics to potential customers and vendors; assisting InfoSonics in the establishment of the warehouse facilities in Miami, Florida and the pursuit of business in Latin America; consulting services with respect to investment banking; assisting in identifying potential business opportunities and strategies for European, Middle East, and Far East markets; and consulting with respect to the establishment of foreign subsidiaries and analyzing the specific risks associated with foreign operations. Pursuant to the Agreement, InfoSonics paid JRC a management fee of $10,000 per month, including $120,000 during the year ended December 31, 2002, $100,000 during the year ended December 31, 2001, and $120,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. JRC agreed to waive receipt of management fees for the months of November and December 2001. Although the Management Agreement by its terms expired on December 31, 2003, the parties had a mutual oral understanding that the Agreement would be renewed for the foreseeable future. We subsequently determined not to renew the Agreement beyond December 31, 2003 and that JRC should receive options to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock until December 31, 2008 at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price.

Conflicts of Interest Policies

        Our Board of Directors and our officers are subject to certain provisions of Maryland law which are designed to eliminate or minimize the effects of certain potential conflicts of interest. In addition, our bylaws provide that any transaction between us and an interested party must be fully disclosed to our Board, and that a majority of the directors not otherwise interested in the transaction (including a majority of independent directors) must make a determination that the transaction is fair, competitive and commercially reasonable and on terms and conditions not less favorable to us than those available from unaffiliated third parties.

36



        All future transactions between us and any of our officers, directors, or 5% stockholders will be on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from independent third parties and will be approved by a majority of independent, disinterested directors of InfoSonics. We believe that by following these procedures, InfoSonics will be able to mitigate the possible effects of these conflicts of interest.

        Other than as described in this section, there are no material relationships between us and any of our directors, executive officers or known holders of more than 5% of our common stock.

Employee Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics and Reporting of Accounting Concerns

        We have established an Employee Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "Code of Conduct") that we require all employees to adhere to in addressing legal and ethical issues encountered in conducting their work. The Code of Conduct requires that our employees avoid conflicts of interest, comply with all laws and other legal requirements, conduct business in an honest and ethical manner and otherwise act with integrity and in the Company's best interests.

        We also have established a Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Controller and all other financial officers and executives. This Code of Ethics supplements our Code of Conduct and is intended to promote honest and ethical conduct, full and accurate reporting, and compliance with laws as well as other matters. The Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Further, the Company has established "whistle-blower procedures" that provide a process for the confidential and anonymous submission, receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters. These procedures provide substantial protections to employees who report company misconduct.


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        Our authorized capital consists of 40,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock and 10,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock. There were 3,212,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 26, 2004. There were no shares of preferred stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. The following is a description of our securities.

Common Stock

        Each share of our outstanding common stock is entitled to share equally with each other share of common stock in dividends from legally available sources, when, as, and if declared by our Board and, upon liquidation or dissolution, whether voluntary or involuntary, to share equally in our assets that are available for distribution to the holders of the common stock. Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share for all purposes, except that in the election of directors, each holder shall have the right to vote such number of shares for as many persons as there are directors to be elected. Cumulative voting is not allowed in the election of directors or for any other purpose, and the holders of common stock have no preemptive rights, redemption rights or rights of conversion with respect to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock and all shares underlying the warrants when issued will be fully paid and nonassessable by us. Our Board is authorized to issue additional shares of common stock within the limits authorized by our articles of incorporation and without stockholder action.

        Because all shares of our common stock have equal voting rights and voting rights are not cumulative, the holders of more than 50% of the shares of common stock could, therefore, if they chose to do so and unless subject to a voting agreement to the contrary, elect the entire Board.

37



        We have reserved 775,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon the exercise of options under our 2003 Stock Option Plan, an additional 858,700 shares of common stock for issuance upon the exercise of options granted under the 1998 Plan, and an additional 245,000 shares of common stock for other outstanding options.

Preferred Stock

        We have available 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock for potential future issuance. No shares of preferred stock were outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

        The preferred stock carries such relative rights, preferences and designations as may be determined by our Board in its sole discretion upon the issuance of any shares of preferred stock. The shares of preferred stock could be issued from time to time by our Board in its sole discretion without further approval or authorization by our stockholders, in one or more series, each of which could have any particular distinctive designations, relative rights and preferences as determined by our Board. The relative rights and preferences that may be determined by our Board in its discretion from time to time, include but are not limited to the following:


        The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock could have anti-takeover effects because we could issue preferred stock with special dividend or voting rights that could discourage potential bidders. We may issue shares of preferred stock that have dividend, voting and other rights superior to those of our common stock, or that convert into shares of common stock, without the approval of the holders of common stock. This could result in the dilution of the voting rights, ownership and liquidation value of current stockholders.

Antitakeover Provisions

        Charter and Bylaws Provisions.     Some provisions of our charter and bylaws may delay or prevent a change in control of our company or other transactions that could provide our common stockholders with a premium over the then-prevailing market price of their common stock or that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. These include the ability of our Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Also, any future series of preferred stock may have voting provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control or other transaction that might involve a premium price or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

        Maryland Business Statutes.     As a Maryland corporation, we are subject to the provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law. Maryland law imposes restrictions on some business combinations and requires compliance with statutory procedures before some mergers and acquisitions can occur.

38



These provisions of Maryland law may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire us even if the acquisition would be advantageous to our stockholders. These provisions include:

        Other constituencies.     Maryland law expressly authorizes a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision that allows the Board of Directors to consider the effect of a potential acquisition of control on stockholders, employees, suppliers, customers, creditors and communities in which offices or other establishments of the corporation are located. Our current charter does not include a provision of this type. Maryland law also provides, however, that the inclusion or omission of this type of provision in the charter of a Maryland corporation does not create an inference concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding a potential acquisition of control. This law may allow our Board of Directors to reject an acquisition proposal even though the proposal is in the best interests of our stockholders.

Underwriters Warrants

        In connection with the Underwriting Agreement we entered into with our underwriters, we agreed to sell warrants for 10% of the shares sold in the offering to the underwriters for a total of $100 upon the completion of the offering. Each warrant allows the underwriters to purchase one share of common stock for $            , or 110% of the offering price in this offering, per share during the five-year period beginning six months after the date of this prospectus. The underwriter's warrants contain cashless exercise and antidilution provisions. We granted registration rights to the underwriters that are exercisable during the period the warrants may be exercised.

        The underwriters' warrants are not transferable for a period of one year after the date of this prospectus, except to the underwriters' officers and stockholders and to members of the selling group of additional underwriters, if any, and their officers, partners and/or stockholders, as applicable. For additional information, please refer to "Underwriting" below.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Our transfer agent and registrar is            located at            ; telephone number (    )            .

39




SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        Upon the completion of this offering, and assuming the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised, we will have 5,212,000 shares of common stock outstanding.

        Of the outstanding number of shares after this offering, shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Shares acquired by our affiliates in this offering will be subject to the volume limitations, but not the holding period, and certain other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. See "Rule 144" below.

Sales of Restricted Shares

        An aggregate of 3,200,000 shares of our common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be "restricted securities," as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including among others, the exemptions provided by Rules 144 or 144(k) under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person or persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, including persons who may be deemed to be our "affiliates," would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of certain public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

        Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our "affiliates" at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an "affiliate," is entitled to sell these shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

40


Options

        We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock issuable under our stock plans. These registration statements are expected to be filed not sooner than six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statements will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-up Agreements

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, InfoSonics Corporation, our directors, officers and all our current stockholders and option holders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to limited exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Gilford Securities.


UNDERWRITING

        We entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters named below with respect to the shares being offered. Gilford Securities Incorporated is acting as representative of the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares if any of the shares are purchased. Each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of common stock listed opposite their names below.

Underwriter

  Number of Shares
Gilford Securities Incorporated    
   
Source Capital Group, Inc.    
   
Total   2,000,000
   

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers' certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

        The representative has advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $            per share to other dealers. After the offering, the offering price, concession, discount and other selling terms may be changed.

41



        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before our expenses. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Per Share
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
Public Offering Price   $     $     $  
Underwriting discount   $     $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $     $     $  

        The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $            and are payable by us.

        Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell 200,000 warrants to the underwriters at the nominal cost of $100. Each warrant allows the holder to purchase one share of common stock for $            , or 110% of the offering price per share in this offering, during the five-year period beginning six months after the date of this prospectus.

        The underwriters' warrants are not transferable for a period of one year after the date of this prospectus, except to the underwriters' officers and stockholders and to members of the selling group of additional underwriters, if any, and their officers, partners and/or stockholders, as applicable. We have agreed to register the public resale of any shares obtained upon the exercise of the underwriter's warrants, and such resales may be made pursuant to this prospectus. We also have granted one demand and certain "piggyback" registration rights to holders of the underwriter's warrants.

        We also agreed to pay the underwriters a non-accountable expense allowance equal to three percent of the gross proceeds of the offering, including proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option.

Over-allotment Option

        We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to 300,000 additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover any over-allotments by providing us with notice within 45 days of the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

American Stock Exchange Listing

        We have applied to have our common stock listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol "            ."

Price Stabilization and Short Positions

        Until the distribution of the shares is completed, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our shares of common stock. However, the representative may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our shares of common stock, such as bids or purchases to maintain that price.

        If the underwriters create a short position in our shares of common stock in connection with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares than are listed on the cover of this prospectus, the representative may reduce that short position by purchasing shares in the open market. The representative may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above. Purchases of our shares of common stock to stabilize its price or to reduce a short position may

42



cause the price of our shares of common stock to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares of common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representative will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Other Relationships

        The underwriters may provide from time to time investment banking and other financial services to us. In the ordinary course of business, the underwriters may actively trade our securities for their own accounts or for accounts of customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold long or short positions in those securities.


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION
ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION

        The General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland allows corporations to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, unless it is established that:

        Under Maryland law, indemnification may be provided against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding. The indemnification may be provided, however, only if authorized for a specific proceeding after a determination has been made that indemnification is permissible under the circumstances because the person met the applicable standard of conduct. This determination is required to be made:

        If the proceeding is one by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification may not be provided as to any proceeding in which the person is found liable to the corporation.

        A Maryland corporation may pay, before final disposition, the expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by a director, officer, employee or agent in defending a proceeding. Under Maryland law, expenses may be advanced to a director or officer when the director or officer gives a written

43



affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and a written undertaking to the corporation to repay the amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. Maryland law does not require that the undertaking be secured, and the undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of the director or officer to repay the advance. A Maryland corporation is required to indemnify any director who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of a proceeding for reasonable expenses. The determination as to reasonableness of expenses is required to be made in the same manner as required for indemnification.

        Under Maryland law, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by statute are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person who is not a director seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any charter, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, vote of directors or otherwise.

        Our Articles of Incorporation provide that we shall indemnify each director or officer:

        Additionally, our Articles of Incorporation provide that we may indemnify any of our employees or agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland, or any similar provision or provisions of applicable law at the time in effect, in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was at any time our employee or agent, or is or was at any time serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan.

        Reasonable expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding described above shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer or employee to repay such amount to the corporation if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

        In addition to the general indemnification described above, Maryland law permits corporations to include any provision expanding or limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation or its stockholders for money damages, but may not include any provision that restricts or limits the liability of its directors or officers to the corporation or its stockholders:

44


        We have adopted, in our charter, a provision that eliminates and limits the personal liability of each of our directors and officers to the full extent permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling InfoSonics pursuant to these provisions, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.


LEGAL MATTERS

        Patton Boggs LLP, Denver, Colorado, has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, including with respect to the validity of the issuance of the securities offered in this prospectus. Attorneys at Patton Boggs LLP beneficially own 12,000 shares of our common stock. Certain matters have been passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Loeb & Loeb LLP.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements and schedules appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein LLP, independent accountants, to the extent and for the periods indicated in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such Firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. The registration statement on Form S-1, with any amendments, is referred to in this prospectus as the registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the information included in the registration statement and exhibits to the registration statement, and statements included in this prospectus concerning the content of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. For further information, please review the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. In each instance where a statement contained in this prospectus regards the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should review the copy of that contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement for complete information, and those statements are qualified in all respects by this reference.

        Following this offering, we will be subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act. The reports and other information that we file with the SEC can be inspected and copied at the following public reference facility maintained by the SEC:

Public Reference Room
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Copies of these materials also can be obtained at prescribed rates by writing to the SEC, Public Reference Section, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Documents filed electronically by us with the SEC are available at the SEC's world wide web site at http://www.sec.gov. The SEC's world wide web site contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Information about the operation of the SEC's public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

45



FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT   F-1

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-2
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

 

F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-5
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-6—F-23


INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

Board of Directors and Shareholders
InfoSonics Corporation and subsidiary

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of InfoSonics Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of InfoSonics Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

SINGER LEWAK GREENBAUM & GOLDSTEIN LLP

Los Angeles, California
November 18, 2003

F-1


INFOSONICS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2002 and 2001 and September 30, 2003
(unaudited)

 
   
  December 31,
 
  September 30,
2003

 
  2002
  2001
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
ASSETS

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 33,459   $ 1,268,611   $ 194,191
  Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and chargebacks of $446,813 (unaudited), $180,724, and $297,292     8,360,672     2,971,696     1,995,758
  Inventory, net of reserves of $103,421 (unaudited), $28,311, and $23,556     2,554,208     1,319,377     1,235,271
  Prepaid expenses     701,379     118,663     60,109
  Deferred tax assets     258,000     28,000     7,000
   
 
 
    Total current assets     11,907,718     5,706,347     3,492,329

Property and equipment , net

 

 

86,543

 

 

80,340

 

 

132,009
Goodwill     181,994     181,994     181,994
Deferred offering costs     195,522        
Other assets     112,834     52,332     61,329
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 12,484,611   $ 6,021,013   $ 3,867,661
   
 
 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities                  
  Line of credit   $ 5,499,949   $ 2,300,000   $ 1,502,872
  Accounts payable     4,288,855     2,141,395     1,379,320
  Accrued expenses     956,761     379,910     142,789
  Deferred revenue     60,000        
  Current portion of notes payable—related parties     50,000     57,031     64,305
  Deferred tax liabilities         14,000    
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     10,855,565     4,892,336     3,089,286

Notes payable—related parties, net of current portion

 

 


 

 

60,711

 

 

137,166
   
 
 
    Total liabilities     10,855,565     4,953,047     3,226,452
   
 
 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Preferred stock, $0.001 par value 10,000,000 shares authorized 0 (unaudited), 0, and 0 shares issued and outstanding            
  Common stock, $0.001 par value 40,000,000 shares authorized 3,200,000 (unaudited), 3,200,000, and 3,200,000 shares issued and outstanding     3,200     3,200     3,200
  Additional paid-in capital     337,729     337,729     337,729
  Retained earnings     1,288,117     727,037     300,280
   
 
 
    Total shareholders' equity     1,629,046     1,067,966     641,209
   
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 12,484,611   $ 6,021,013   $ 3,867,661
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-2


INFOSONICS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003 and 2002
(unaudited)

 
  For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,

  For the Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

   
   
   
 
Net sales   $ 44,487,950   $ 34,102,980   $ 46,646,510   $ 34,188,442   $ 38,303,973  
Cost of sales     39,596,858     29,895,435     41,331,432     29,974,905     35,801,649  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit     4,891,092     4,207,545     5,315,078     4,213,537     2,502,324  
Operating expenses     3,860,923     3,339,257     4,572,351     4,041,058     1,769,234  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income from operations     1,030,169     868,288     742,727     172,479     733,090  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense)                                
  Interest expense     (95,028 )   (84,059 )   (116,044 )   (217,807 )   (282,650 )
  Loss on sale of property and equipment             (3,442 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total other income (expense)     (95,028 )   (84,059 )   (119,486 )   (217,807 )   (282,650 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes     935,141     784,229     623,241     (45,328 )   450,440  
Provision for income taxes     374,061     259,269     196,484     27,566     197,773  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 561,080   $ 524,960   $ 426,757   $ (72,894 ) $ 252,667  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share   $ 0.18   $ 0.16   $ 0.13   $ (0.02 ) $ 0.08  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share   $ 0.14   $ 0.13   $ 0.12   $ (0.02 ) $ 0.07  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted-average number of shares outstanding     3,200,000     3,200,000     3,200,000     3,200,000     3,267,945  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding     3,908,098     4,080,662     3,640,331     3,200,000     3,733,400  
   
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


INFOSONICS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
(unaudited)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Retained
Earnings

   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
Balance, December 31, 1999   4,000,000   $ 4,000   $ 486,929   $ 120,507   $ 611,436  
Retirement of common stock   (800,000 )   (800 )   (249,200 )       (250,000 )
Net income                     252,667     252,667  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2000   3,200,000     3,200     237,729     373,174     614,103  
Capital contribution               100,000           100,000  
Net loss                   (72,894 )   (72,894 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   3,200,000     3,200     337,729     300,280     641,209  
Net income                     426,757     426,757  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   3,200,000     3,200     337,729     727,037     1,067,966  
Net income (unaudited)                     561,080     561,080  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, September 30, 2003 (unaudited)   3,200,000   $ 3,200   $ 337,729   $ 1,288,117   $ 1,629,046  
   
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4



INFOSONICS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 (unaudited)

 
  For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,

  For the Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

   
   
   
 
Cash flows from operating activities                                
  Net income (loss)   $ 561,080   $ 524,960   $ 426,757   $ (72,894 ) $ 252,667  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                                
    Depreciation and amortization     18,485     44,399     43,339     41,094     25,743  
    Provision for bad debt     83,694     68,802     (99,787 )   44,420     89,378  
    Provision for chargebacks     182,576     2,868     (16,781 )   78,689      
    Provision for obsolete inventory     103,421     60,019     4,755     23,556      
    Loss on sale of property and equipment             3,442          
    (Increase) decrease in                                
      Trade accounts receivable     (5,655,246 )   (1,913,380 )   (859,370 )   1,812,066     2,074,058  
      Prepaid expenses     (582,716 )   901     (58,554 )   42,710     (95,565 )
      Inventory     (1,338,252 )   (793,388 )   (88,861 )   (79,220 )   (564,022 )
      Deferred tax assets     (230,000 )   (170,000 )   (21,000 )   10,000     (17,000 )
      Other assets     135,020     (86,627 )   5,371     34,385     2,400  
    Increase (decrease) in                                
      Accounts payable     2,147,460     590,749     762,075     192,665     (2,293,850 )
      Accrued expenses     576,851     884,075     237,121     (304,594 )   211,089  
      Deferred revenue     60,000                  
      Deferred tax liability     (14,000 )       14,000     (2,000 )   1,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (3,951,627 )   (786,622 )   352,507     1,820,877     (314,102 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities                                
  Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment   $   $ 22,177   $ 20,638   $   $  
  Purchase of property and equipment     (24,688 )   (30,923 )   (12,124 )   (112,804 )   (42,632 )
  Purchase of intangible assets         (27,223 )       (40,000 )    
  Cash paid for the purchase of subsidiary                     (25,974 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (24,688 )   (35,969 )   8,514     (152,804 )   (68,606 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities                                
  Bank overdraft         825,682              
  Deferred offering costs     (195,522 )                
  Net increase (decrease) in line of credit     3,199,949     (121,940 )   797,128     (1,280,299 )   453,171  
  Proceeds from (principal payments on) notes payable—related parties     (67,742 )   (48,159 )   (83,729 )   (342,548 )   (223,375 )
  Cash paid for deferred offering costs     (195,522 )                
  Capital contribution                 100,000      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     2,741,163     655,583     713,399     (1,522,847 )   229,796  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (1,235,152 )   (167,008 )   1,074,420     145,226     (152,912 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     1,268,611     194,191     194,191     48,965     201,877  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 33,459   $ 27,183   $ 1,268,611   $ 194,191   $ 48,965  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information                                
  Interest paid   $ 86,444   $ 81,373   $ 82,017   $ 195,857   $ 236,503  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income taxes paid   $ 346,930   $ 1,600   $ 800   $ 122,373   $ 89,324  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

        During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company issued a note payable in the amount of $250,000 to purchase 800,000 shares of common stock.

        During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company forgave $57,755 of trade receivables to acquire Axcess Mobile and assumed a net liability of $181,994.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5



INFOSONICS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2002 and September 30, 2003

(unaudited)

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND LINE OF BUSINESS

        InfoSonics Corporation ("InfoSonics") was incorporated in February 1994 in the state of California. InfoSonics and its subsidiary, Axcess Mobile, LLC ("Axcess Mobile)") (collectively, the "Company") sell wireless telecommunication products and accessories to dealer agents and network operators. The Company also sells cellular phone subscriptions for a national cellular provider as well as cellular phones and accessories from retail locations in Southern California. The Company's principal markets are the United States and Latin America.

        The Company acquired Axcess Mobile, a California limited liability company, in December 2000 for forgiveness of $57,755 of trade accounts payable. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition was as follows:

Currents assets   $ 328,501
Property and equipment, net     27,815
Other assets     58,781
  Total assets acquired     415,097
Current liabilities     587,818
Long-term debt     9,273
  Total liabilities assumed     597,091
    Net liabilities assumed   $ 181,994
   

    Stock Split

        On July 25, 2003, InfoSonics re-incorporated in the state of Maryland. Immediately thereafter, the Company completed a one for two reverse common stock split. All common stock and common stock equivalents have been retroactively stated to conform with the reverse split.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of InfoSonics and its wholly owned subsidiary, Axcess Mobile. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

    Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Chargebacks

        Revenues are recognized upon (i) shipment of the products to customers, (ii) when collection of the outstanding receivables are probable, and (iii) the final price of the product is determined. Commission revenue on phone activations is recorded at the time of the activation and may be charged back to the Company in future periods. The Company provides an allowance for estimated returns based on its experience. A provision for returns is provided in the same period in which the related commission revenue is recorded. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and September 30, 2003, the allowance for chargebacks was $146,713, $163,494, and $329,289 (unaudited), respectively.

F-6


    Comprehensive Income

        The Company utilizes SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income." This statement establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement. Comprehensive income as defined includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. Examples of items to be included in comprehensive income, which are excluded from net income, include foreign currency translation adjustments, minimum pension liability adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities. Comprehensive income is not presented in the Company's financial statements since the Company did not have any changes in equity from non-owner sources.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and in banks and credit card receivables. The Company maintains its cash deposits at numerous banks located throughout the United States. Deposits at each bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and September 30, 2003, uninsured portions of the balances at those banks aggregated to $2,336,164, $4,724,382, and $319,898 (unaudited), respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk on cash and cash equivalents.

    Accounts Receivable

        The Company provides for the possible inability to collect accounts receivable by recording an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company writes off an account when it is considered to be uncollectible. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and September 30, 2003, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $34,011, $133,798, and $117,524 (unaudited), respectively.

    Deferred Offering Costs

        Costs incurred in connection with an anticipated equity offering are capitalized and will be recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of the funding. As of September 30, 2003 the Company capitalized deferred offering costs in the amount of $195,522. These amounts are included in deferred offering costs on the balance sheet. If the offering is terminated all amounts will be charged to operations in the period of the termination.

    Inventory

        Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market and consists primarily of cellular phones and cellular phone accessories. The Company provides for the possible inability to sell its inventory by recording a reserve. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and September 30, 2003, the inventory obsolescence reserve was $28,311, $23,556, and $103,421 (unaudited), respectively.

F-7


    Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company provides for depreciation using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three to seven years. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred while renewals and betterments are capitalized. Gains or losses on the sale of property and equipment are reflected in the statements of operations.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The Company's financial instruments include cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, and accrued expenses. The book value of all other financial instruments are representative of their fair values.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," establishes and encourages the use of the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation arrangements under which compensation cost is determined using the fair value of stock-based compensation determined as of the date of grant and is recognized over the periods in which the related services are rendered. The statement also permits companies to elect to continue using the current implicit value accounting method specified in Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," to account for stock-based compensation. The Company has elected to use the intrinsic value based method and has disclosed the pro forma effect of using the fair value based method to account for its stock-based compensation.

    Advertising Expense

        The Company expenses all advertising costs, including direct response advertising, as they are incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 was $15,679, $3,137, $2,133, $24,663 (unaudited), and $11,245 (unaudited), respectively.

    Income Taxes

        The Company utilizes SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The provision for income taxes represents the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

F-8


    Deferred Revenue

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2003, Axcess Mobile entered into an agreement with a cellular phone service provider as an incentive to switch cellular phone carriers. The agreement requires the Company acquire a certain number of new subscribers by December 31, 2003. The Company is amortizing the amount on an activation basis through December 31, 2003.

    Earnings (Loss) Per Share

        The Company utilizes SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share." SFAS No. 128 replaced the previously reported primary and fully diluted earnings (loss) per share with basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share. Unlike primary earnings (loss) per share, basic earnings (loss) per share exclude any dilutive effects of options, warrants, and convertible securities. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is very similar to the previously reported fully diluted earnings (loss) per share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Common equivalent shares are excluded from the computation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

    Stock Split

        In May 2003, the Company affected an eight-to-one stock split of its common stock. All share and per share data have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split. On July 25, 2003, the Company affected a one for two reverse split of its common stock. All share and per share data have been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse stock split.

    Segment Reporting

        The Company accounts for segments in accordance with SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." The Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services.

    Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Major Suppliers

        The Company contracts with various suppliers. Although there are a limited number of suppliers that could supply the Company's inventory, management believes other suppliers could provide the needed materials on comparable terms. However, a change in suppliers could cause a delay in sales and adversely effect results.

        During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company purchased materials from three suppliers, which accounted for 28%, 14%, and 12% of total cost of sales. During the year ended December 31,

F-9



2001, the Company purchased materials from one supplier, which accounted for 19% of total cost of sales. During the nine months ended September 30, 2003, the Company purchased materials from three suppliers, which accounted for 21%, 17%, and 13% of total cost of sales. During the nine months ended September 30, 2002, the Company purchased materials from three suppliers, which accounted for 39%, 19%, and 17% of total cost of sales.

    Concentrations of Revenues and Credit Risk

        The Company provides credit to its customers primarily in the United States and Latin America in the normal course of business. During the year ended December 31, 2002, two customers accounted for 12%, and 10% of total product sales. During the nine months ended September 30, 2003, one customer accounted for 15% (unaudited) of total product sales. During the nine months ended September 30, 2002, two customers accounted for 17% and 10% (unaudited) of total product sales.

        At December 31, 2002, three customers accounted for 12%, 12%, and 10% of accounts receivable. At December 31, 2001, two customers accounted for 13% and 11% of accounts receivable. At September 30, 2003, two customers accounted for 18% and 16% (unaudited) of accounts receivable. The Company does not obtain collateral with which to secure its accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses based upon the Company's historical experience related to credit losses and any unusual circumstances that may affect the ability of its customers to meet their obligations.

    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 145, "Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections." SFAS No. 145 updates, clarifies, and simplifies existing accounting pronouncements. This statement rescinds SFAS No. 4, which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Accounting Principles Board No. 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. SFAS No. 64 amended SFAS No. 4 and is no longer necessary as SFAS No. 4 has been rescinded. SFAS No. 44 has been rescinded as it is no longer necessary. SFAS No. 145 amends SFAS No. 13 to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-lease transactions. This statement also makes technical corrections to existing pronouncements. While those corrections are not substantive in nature, in some instances, they may change accounting practice. Management does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 145 to have a material impact, if any, on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." This statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." This statement requires that a liability for a cost

F-10



associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF Issue 94-3, a liability for an exit cost, as defined, was recognized at the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. The provisions of this statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002 with earlier application encouraged. Management does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 146 to have a material impact, if any, on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, "Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions." SFAS No. 147 removes the requirement in SFAS No. 72 and Interpretation 9 thereto, to recognize and amortize any excess of the fair value of liabilities assumed over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired as an unidentifiable intangible asset. This statement requires that those transactions be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations," and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." In addition, this statement amends SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," to include certain financial institution-related intangible assets. Management does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 147 to have a material impact, if any, on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure," an amendment of SFAS No. 123. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require more prominent and more frequent disclosures in financial statements about the effects of stock-based compensation. This statement is effective for financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. SFAS No. 148 will not have any impact on the Company's financial statements as management does not have any intention to change to the fair value method.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies accounting and reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 is effective for derivative instruments and hedging activities entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except for certain forward purchase and sale securities. For these forward purchase and sale securities, SFAS No. 149 is effective for both new and existing securities after June 30, 2003. Management does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 149 to have a material impact on the Company's statements of earnings, financial position, or cash flows.

        In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statement of financial position certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. In accordance with the standard, financial instruments that embody obligations for the issuer are required to be classified as liabilities. SFAS No. 150 will be effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and otherwise will be effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. Management does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 150 to have a material impact on the Company's statements of earnings, financial position, or cash flows.

F-11



NOTE 3—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment at December 31, 2002 and 2001 and September 30, 2003 consisted of the following:

 
   
  December 31,
 
  September 30,
2003

 
  2002
  2001
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
Machinery and equipment   $ 141,000   $ 121,212   $ 112,277
Furniture and fixtures     23,352     23,352     23,352
Kiosk fixtures     80,380     75,481     85,320
Automobiles and trucks             16,609
   
 
 
      244,733     220,045     237,558
Less accumulated depreciation     158,189     139,705     105,549
   
 
 
  Total   $ 86,543   $ 80,340   $ 132,009
   
 
 

        Depreciation expense was $43,339, $41,094, $25,743, $18,485 (unaudited), and $44,399 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

NOTE 4—GOODWILL

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired of Axcess Mobile. As of January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142. SFAS No. 142 prohibits the amortization of goodwill, but requires that it be reviewed for impairment at least annually or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that could indicate that its value has diminished or been impaired. Recoverability of goodwill is measured by a comparison of its carrying value to the future net cash flows expected to be generated by it.

        Cash flow projections are based on historical experience, management's view of growth within the industry, and the anticipated future economic environment. At December 31, 2002, management determined that an impairment was not required. Amortization prior to implementation of SFAS 142 was not material as such the pro-forma information required by SFAS 142 is not presented.

NOTE 5—LINE OF CREDIT

        The Company has available a line of credit from a bank, which allows the Company and an entity affiliated through common ownership to borrow up to a maximum of $6,500,000. The line of credit provides for advances not to exceed 80% of eligible domestic and foreign insured accounts receivable. The majority of the debtors are domestic.

        Interest is payable on a monthly basis at prime (4.25% at December 31, 2002) or at the London Inter-Bank Offering Rate (1.45% at December 31, 2002), plus 2.25% for the first $500,000 and 2.5% for amounts over $500,000. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company, personally guaranteed by the Company's majority shareholder, and expires in March 2004. In addition, the line of credit contains certain covenants. Management believes the Company was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2002 and 2001 and September 30, 2003, the amount drawn against the line of credit was $2,300,000, $1,502,872, and $5,499,949 (unaudited), respectively.

F-12


NOTE 6—NOTES PAYABLE—RELATED PARTIES

        Notes payable—related parties at December 31, 2002 and September 30, 2003 are unsecured, bear interest at 15% per annum, are subordinated to the line of credit, and mature in September 2004.

NOTE 7—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Leases

        The Company leases its corporate and administrative office facilities and certain equipment under operating lease agreements, which expire through June 2005. Certain of the agreements contain renewal options. Future minimum payments under these operating lease agreements at December 31, 2002 were as follows:

Year Ending December 31,

   
2003   $ 814,524
2004     390,554
2005     88,379
   
  Total   $ 1,293,457
   

        Rent expense was $900,048, $691,987, $136,969, $645,990 (unaudited), and $668,282 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

    Consulting Agreement

        During April 2003, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with an advisor related to certain investment banking services. In the event that the advisor engineers a merger, the Company will be obligated to pay 5% of the net proceeds of the transaction payable monthly over a twelve month period and warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of 120% of the initial public offering price for a period of five years.

        In the event that the advisor obtains a firm commitment from an underwriter for an initial public offering of approximately $12,000,000, the Company will be obligated to pay 1% of the net proceeds of the initial public offering payable monthly over a twelve month period and warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of 120% of the initial public offering price for a period of five years.

    Litigation

        The Company may become involved in certain legal proceedings and claims which arise in the normal course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of any such matter will have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

F-13


NOTE 8—SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

    Preferred Stock

        The Company has authorized the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Board is authorized to set the rights, preference, privileges, and restrictions of these shares, including dividends rights, conversion rights, voting rights, and liquidation preferences. These shares may have rights senior to those of the Company's common stock holders. As of December 31, 2001, 2002 and September 30, 2003, the Company did not have any preferred shares outstanding.

    Common Stock

        During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company issued a note payable in the amount of $250,000 to purchase 800,000 shares of common stock from a former officer. The note was paid off during the year ended December 31, 2002. There was no compensation charge recorded in connection with this transaction as the purchase price of the common stock was equal to the common stock's fair market value.

    Stock Options

        During June 1998, the Board of Directors approved the adoption of a stock option plan (the "1998 Plan"). The 1998 Plan is intended to provide incentives to key employees, officers, and directors of the Company who provide significant services to the Company. There are 2,000,000 shares available for grant under the Plan. The exercise price will be determined by the Option Committee. Options granted under the 1998 Plan vest in accordance with the terms established by the Company's stock option committee and generally terminate 10 years after the date of issuance.

        The following table summarizes all of the Company's stock option transactions:

 
  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding, December 31, 1999   400,000   $ 0.26
  Granted   174,400   $ 0.54
   
     
Outstanding, December 31, 2000   574,400   $ 0.34
  Granted   259,900   $ 1.70
   
     
Outstanding, December 31, 2001   834,300   $ 0.76
  Granted   24,400   $ 1.70
   
     
    Outstanding, December 31, 2002   858,700   $ 0.78
   
     
    Exercisable, December 31, 2002   858,700   $ 0.78
   
     

F-14


        The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at December 31, 2002 was 7.05 years. The exercise prices of the options outstanding at December 31, 2002 ranged from $0.26 to $1.70, and information relating to these options is as follows:

Exercise
Price

  Stock
Options
Outstanding

  Stock
Options
Exercisable

  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Options
Outstanding

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Options
Exercisable

$ 0.26   400,000   400,000   5.89 years   $ 0.26   $ 0.26
$ 0.50   160,000   160,000   7.32 years   $ 0.50   $ 0.50
$ 1.00   14,400   14,400   7.40 years   $ 1.00   $ 1.00
$ 1.70   284,300   284,300   8.52 years   $ 1.70   $ 1.70
     
 
               
      858,700   858,700                
     
 
               

        The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123. Accordingly, no compensation cost other than that required to be recognized by APB 25 for the difference between the fair value of the Company's common stock at the grant date and the exercise price of the options has been recognized. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 would have been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 
  2002
  2001
  2000
Net income (loss)                  
  As reported   $ 426,757   $ (72,894 ) $ 252,667
  Pro forma   $ 421,716   $ (72,894 ) $ 245,877
Basic earnings (loss) per common share                  
  As reported   $ 0.13   $ (0.02 ) $ 0.08
  Pro forma   $ 0.13   $ (0.02 ) $ 0.08
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share                  
  As reported   $ 0.12   $ (0.02 ) $ 0.07
  Pro forma   $ 0.12   $ (0.02 ) $ 0.07

        For purposes of computing the pro forma disclosures required by SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each option granted to employees and directors is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000: dividend yields of 0%, 0%, and 0%, respectively; expected volatility of 0%, 0%, and 0%, respectively; risk-free interest rates of 2.96%, 4.18%, and 6.62%, respectively; and expected lives of two, two, and two years, respectively.

        The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which do not have vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option

F-15



valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

NOTE 9—INCOME TAXES

        The following table presents the current and deferred income tax provision for federal and state income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, 2000 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002:

 
  For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,

  For the Year Ended
December 31,

 
  2003
  2002
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

   
   
   
Current                              
  Federal   $ 443,149   $ 255,992   $ 157,864   $ 7,193   $ 145,773
  State     115,219     66,558     45,620     12,373     51,000
   
 
 
 
 
      558,368     322,550     203,484     19,566     196,773
   
 
 
 
 
Deferred                              
  Federal     (152,028 )   (54,259 )   (5,000 )   9,000     1,000
  State     (32,279 )   (9,021 )   (2,000 )   (1,000 )  
   
 
 
 
 
      (184,307 )   (63,281 )   (7,000 )   8,000     1,000
   
 
 
 
 
    Total   $ 374,061   $ 259,269   $ 196,484   $ 27,566   $ 197,773
   
 
 
 
 

        The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differs from the amount that would result from applying the federal statutory rate for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 as follows:

 
  For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,

  For the Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2002
  2001
  2000
 
 
  (unaudited)

  (unaudited)

   
   
   
 
Statutory regular federal income tax (benefit) rate   34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 %
State taxes, net of federal benefit   6.0   6.0   4.7   4.5   7.0  
Other         (8.1 )  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total   40.0 % 40.0 % 38.7 % 30.4 % 41.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-16


        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities for federal and state income taxes as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and September 30, 2003 consisted of the following:

 
   
  December 31,
 
 
  September 30,
2003

 
 
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (unaudited)

   
   
 
Deferred tax assets                    
  Allowance for bad debt   $ 9,000   $ 4,500   $ 11,300  
  Property and equipment     26,000     10,000     2,500  
  Allowance for obsolete inventory     56,000          
  State taxes     44,000     13,500     (6,800 )
  Other     3,000          
   
 
 
 
    Net deferred tax assets   $ 258,000   $ 28,000   $ 7,000  
   
 
 
 

NOTE 10—SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The Company has two business units which have separate management and reporting infra-structures that offer different products and services. The business units have been aggregated into two reportable segments (sales of wireless telecommunication products and services and cellular phone subscriptions) the long-term financial performance of these reportable segments is affected by similar economic conditions. The wireless telecommunications products and services consist of InfoSonics Corporation. The cellular phone subscriptions sales consist of Axcess Mobile.

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2. The Company evaluates the performance of its operating segments based on income from operations, before income taxes, accounting changes, non-recurring items, and interest income and expense.

        Summarized financial information concerning the Company's reportable segments is shown in the following tables for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2002, and 2001:

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
 
  InfoSonics
  Axcess
  Eliminations
  Total
 
  (unaudited)

Net sales   $ 42,185,216   $ 3,040,184   $ (737,450 ) $ 44,487,950
Income from operations   $ 894,028   $ 136,141   $   $ 1,030,169
Identifiable assets   $ 11,931,917   $ 1,439,312   $ (557,329 ) $ 12,813,900
Capital expenditures   $ 7,288   $ 17,400   $   $ 24,688
Depreciation and amortization   $ 6,516   $ 11,969   $   $ 18,485

F-17


 
  Nine Months Ended September 30, 2002
 
  InfoSonics
  Axcess
  Eliminations
  Total
 
  (unaudited)

Net sales   $ 32,542,598   $ 2,820,368   $ (1,259,986 ) $ 34,102,980
Income from operations   $ 912,305   $ (44,017 ) $   $ 868,288
Identifiable assets   $ 6,367,413   $ 533,404   $ (563,430 ) $ 6,337,387
Capital expenditures   $ 9,949   $ 20,974   $   $ 30,923
Depreciation and amortization   $ 17,948   $ 26,451   $   $ 44,399
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2002
 
  InfoSonics
  Axcess
  Eliminations
  Total
Net sales   $ 44,534,671   $ 3,930,642   $ (1,818,803 ) $ 46,646,510
Income from operations   $ 681,474   $ 61,253   $   $ 742,727
Identifiable assets   $ 5,982,432     584,991   $ (399,697 ) $ 6,167,726
Capital expenditures   $ 3,950   $ 8,174   $   $ 12,124
Depreciation and amortization   $ 8,688   $ 34,651   $   $ 43,339
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2001
 
  InfoSonics
  Axcess
  Eliminations
  Total
Net sales   $ 32,608,278   $ 3,291,216   $ (1,711,052 ) $ 34,188,442
Income (loss) from operations   $ 481,138   $ (308,659 ) $   $ 172,479
Identifiable assets   $ 3,868,956   $ 503,768   $ (341,569 ) $ 4,031,155
Capital expenditures   $ 27,975   $ 84,829   $   $ 112,804
Depreciation and amortization   $ 10,682   $ 30,412   $   $ 41,094

NOTE 11—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The Company sells its products to a related distributor in Mexico, which is owned by one of the Company's shareholders. During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, the Company had sales to this entity of $140,800, $0, $0, $0 (unaudited), and $140,800 (unaudited), respectively.

        The Company has entered into a management services agreement with one of its shareholders for a monthly fee of $10,000. The agreement expires in December 2003. The Company recorded management fee expense of $120,000, $100,000, $120,000, $90,000 (unaudited), and $90,000 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

NOTE 12—SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLAN

        The Company maintained a simplified employee pension plan for certain of its employees. During the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, the Company did not make any contributions to the plan. As of December 31, 2001, the plan was dissolved.

F-18


NOTE 13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Unaudited)

    Letter of Intent

        During October 2003, the Company signed a letter of intent with an underwriter to sell on a firm commitment basis its common stock in an initial public offering. In connection with the offering the Company will grant the underwriter a warrant to purchase 10% of the shares sold in the offering exercisable at 110% of the offering price. The warrants will be exercisable during a five-year period commencing six months after the effective date and shall include provisions for cashless exercise and anti-dilution protection.

        The Company has also granted the underwriters the right to purchase 15% of the number of shares of common stock offered to the public, at the public offering price less the underwriting discount of 8% to cover over-allotment shares for a period of 45 days following the public offering.

        In the event that the Company terminates the initial public offering, the Company shall pay the underwriter a maximum amount of $100,000. In addition, the Company's required to pay the underwriters a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 3% of the gross proceeds derived from the public offering.

    Stock Options

        In September 2003, the Board of Directors approved the 2003 stock option plan (the "2003 Plan"'). The 2003 Plan is intended to provide incentives to key employees, officers, and directors of the Company who provide significant services to the Company. There are 775,000 options available for grant under the Plan. Options granted may be either incentive options, non-qualified options or non-discretionary options. Incentive and non-qualified options will vest over a period of time as determined by the Board of Directors for up to 10 years from the date of grant. Non-discretionary options may be granted only to non-employee directors, vest over a period of three years and expire five years after the date of grant. The exercise price of the options granted under the 2003 Plan will be determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the exercise price is not less than the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.

        On December 11, 2003, the Company granted options to purchase 53,000 shares of the Company's common stock to employees with an exercise price of $4.50 per share. The options vest upon issuance and expire ten years from the date of grant.

        On December 30, 2003, the Company granted options to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company's common stock to their Chief Financial Officer. The exercise price of the options is $4.50 for the first 125,000 options and the initial public offering price or $4.50 per share if the initial public offering does not close on or before December 31, 2004 for the remaining 125,000 options. One third of the options will be exercisable on July 1, 2004, and the remaining options will vest on a prorata basis thereafter.

        On December 31, 2003, the Company granted non-discretionary options to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company's common stock to three members of its board of directors. The options have an exercise price of the fair market value of the common stock at the initial public offering price or $4.50 per share if the initial public offering does not close on or before December 31, 2004. One-third of the options become exercisable on the last day of each year.

F-19



        On December 31, 2003, the Company granted options to purchase 120,000 shares of the Company's common stock to one of its shareholders. The options have an exercise price equal to 120% of the fair market value of the common stock at the initial public offering price or $5.40 per share if the initial public offering does not close on or before December 31, 2004. The options vest at the earlier of the closing of the initial public offering or December 31, 2004 and terminate on December 31, 2008.

    Employee Agreements

        The Company entered into an employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer that expires on December 31, 2007. The employment agreement provides for an annual salary of $275,000. The agreement also provides that the Company may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice if termination is without cause. The Company's only obligation would be to pay its Chief Executive Officer the greater of a) 18 months salary or b) one-half of the salary payable over the remaining term of the agreement which ever is greater.

        The Company entered into an employment agreement with its Chief Financial Officer that expires on December 31, 2007. The employment agreement provides for an annual salary of $150,000. The agreement also provides that the Company may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice if termination is without cause. The Company's only obligation would be to pay its Chief Financial Officer the greater of a) 18 months salary or b) one-half of the salary payable over the remaining term of the agreement which ever is greater.

        The Company entered into an employment agreement with its Executive Vice President that expires on December 31, 2007. The employment agreement provides for an annual salary of $120,000. The agreement also provides that the Company may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice if termination is without cause. The Company's only obligation would be to pay its Executive Vice President the greater of a) 18 months salary or b) one-half of the salary payable over the remaining term of the agreement which ever is greater.

        The Company entered into an employment agreement with its Vice President of Sales and Marketing that expires on December 31, 2007. The employment agreement provides for an annual salary of $100,000 and an annual bonus based on the Company's performance not to exceed $200,000. The agreement also provides that the Company may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice if termination is without cause. The Company's only obligation would be to pay its Vice President of Sales and Marketing the greater of a) 18 months salary or b) one-half of the salary payable over the remaining term of the agreement which ever is greater.

    Other Agreements

        In January 2004, the Company purchased InfoSonics de Mexico, from two of the Company's executives, for $3,600. As a result of this transaction, the Company anticipates recording negative goodwill in the amount of approximately $9,500 as the fair market value of InfoSonics de Mexico exceeded the consideration paid for the Company.

F-20


        


SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

F-21



INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Board of Directors and Shareholders
InfoSonics Corporation and subsidiary

        Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The consolidated supplemental schedule II is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not a part of the basic consolidated financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the basic consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

       

SINGER LEWAK GREENBAUM & GOLDSTEIN LLP

Los Angeles, California
November 18, 2003

F-22



INFOSONICS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS—SCHEDULE II
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 (unaudited)

 
  Balance,
Beginning
of Year

  Additions
Charged to
Operations

  Additions
from
Reserve

  Balance,
End
of Year

Allowance for doubtful accounts and charge-backs                        
  September 30, 2003   $ 180,724   $ 785,423   $ (519,334 ) $ 446,813
   
 
 
 
  December 31, 2002   $ 297,292   $ 189,236   $ (305,804 ) $ 180,724
   
 
 
 
  December 31, 2001   $ 174,183   $ 231,846   $ (108,737 ) $ 297,292
   
 
 
 

Reserve for inventory obsolecense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  September 30, 2003   $ 28,311   $ 811,721   $ (736,611 ) $ 103,421
   
 
 
 
  December 31, 2002   $ 23,556   $ 743,224   $ (738,469 ) $ 28,311
   
 
 
 
  December 31, 2001   $   $ 134,645   $ (111,089 ) $ 23,556
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-23





TABLE OF CONTENTS


 
  Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   1
RISK FACTORS   5
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   11
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE   11
USE OF PROCEEDS   11
CAPITALIZATION   12
DILUTION   13
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION   14
BUSINESS   15
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   25
MANAGEMENT   29
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION   31
BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF SECURITIES   35
TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN INFOSONICS AND RELATED PARTIES   36
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK   37
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE   40
UNDERWRITING   41
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION   43
LEGAL MATTERS   45
EXPERTS   45
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION   45

Until                        , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

INFOSONICS CORPORATION
Common Stock


PROSPECTUS


January    , 2004

Gilford Securities Incorporated

Source Capital Group





PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution.

        The following is an itemization of all expenses (subject to future contingencies) incurred or to be incurred by the Company in connection with the registration of the securities being offered.

Registration fee   $ 2,395
American Stock Exchange listing fee   $ 35,000
Printing *   $ 40,000
Accounting fees *   $ 100,000
Legal fees *   $ 125,000
Registrar and Transfer Agent fee *   $ 2,500
Blue Sky fees *   $ 7,500
Miscellaneous *   $ 2,605
   
Total *   $ 315,000
   

*
Estimated


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        The General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland allows corporations to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, partner, trustee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, unless it is established that:

    the act or omission was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the person actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the person had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

        Under Maryland law, indemnification may be provided against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding. The indemnification may be provided, however, only if authorized for a specific proceeding after a determination has been made that indemnification is permissible under the circumstances because the person met the applicable standard of conduct. This determination is required to be made:

    by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not, at the time, parties to the proceeding or, if a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a committee of the board consisting solely of two or more directors not, at the time, parties to the proceeding and who a majority of the board of directors designated to act in the matter;

    by special legal counsel selected by the board or board committee by the vote set forth above, or, if such vote cannot be obtained, by a majority of the entire board; or

    by the stockholders.

        If the proceeding is one by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification may not be provided as to any proceeding in which the person is found liable to the corporation.

II-1



        A Maryland corporation may pay, before final disposition, the expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by a director, officer, employee or agent in defending a proceeding. Under Maryland law, expenses may be advanced to a director or officer when the director or officer gives a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and a written undertaking to the corporation to repay the amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. Maryland law does not require that the undertaking be secured, and the undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of the director or officer to repay the advance. A Maryland corporation is required to indemnify any director who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of a proceeding for reasonable expenses. The determination as to reasonableness of expenses is required to be made in the same manner as required for indemnification.

        Under Maryland law, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by statute are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person who is not a director seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any charter, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, vote of directors or otherwise.

        Our Articles of Incorporation provide that we shall indemnify each director or officer:

    to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland, or any similar provision or provisions of applicable law at the time in effect, in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was at any time a director or officer, or is or was at any time serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan; and

    to the fullest extent permitted by the common law and by any statutory provision other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was at any time a director or officer, or is or was at any time serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan.

        Additionally, our Articles of Incorporation provide that we may indemnify any of our employees or agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland, or any similar provision or provisions of applicable law at the time in effect, in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was at any time our employee or agent, or is or was at any time serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan.

        Reasonable expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding described above shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer or employee to repay such amount to the corporation if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

        In addition to the general indemnification described above, Maryland law permits corporations to include any provision expanding or limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation

II-2



or its stockholders for money damages, but may not include any provision that restricts or limits the liability of its directors or officers to the corporation or its stockholders:

    to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or

    to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person's action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding.

        We have adopted, in our charter, a provision that eliminates and limits the personal liability of each of our directors and officers to the full extent permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland.


Item 15. Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities.

        Since January 1, 2000, we have had the following sales of unregistered securities:

        In March 2000, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 28,800 pre-split, 14,400 post-split, shares of common stock to two employees pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). These options are exercisable for $2.00 per share until March 2010.

        During 2001, we issued options to purchase up to 519,800 pre-split, 259,900 post-split, shares of common stock to four employees pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Act. These options are exercisable for $1.70 per share for 10 years from the respective dates of grant

        During December 2003, we issued options to purchase up to 53,000 shares of common stock to five employees pursuant to our 2003 Stock Option Plan pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Act. These options are exercisable for $4.50 per share until December 11, 2013.

        On December 30, 2003, we issued options to purchase up to 250,000 shares of common stock to one employee pursuant to our 2003 Stock Option Plan pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Act. Options to purchase 125,000 shares are exercisable for $4.50 per share until December 11, 2013 and options to purchase 125,000 shares are exercisable at the public offering price per share in this offering, or if this offering does not close on or before December 31, 2004, at the price of $4.50 per share, until July 1, 2013.

        On December 31, 2003, we issued options to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock to our non-employee directors and the Chairman of our Audit Committee in accordance with the non-discretionary option provisions of our 2003 Stock Option Plan. These options are exercisable at a price per share equal to the public offering price (or $4.50 per share if the offering does not close on or before December 31, 2004). The options expire on December 31, 2008. Also on December 31, 2003, we issued options to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock to JRC, Inc. pursuant to our 2003 Stock Option Plan. These options are exercisable until December 31, 2008 at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price. These options were issued pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Act.

        In January 2004, we issued options to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock to a consultant in connection with an April 2003 consulting agreement. These options are exercisable at an exercise price equal to 120% of the initial public offering price until the fifth anniversary of the closing of the public offering. These options will terminate if the initial public offering does not close on or before December 31, 2004. These options were issued pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Act.

II-3



        In January 2004, we issued 12,000 shares of common stock for $4.50 per share to one accredited investor pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) under the Act.


Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

        The following is a complete list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement, which exhibits are incorporated herein.

Number

  Description

1   Underwriting Agreement(1)

3.1

 

Certificate Of Incorporation

3.2

 

Bylaws

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate

5

 

Opinion of Patton Boggs LLP concerning the legality of the securities being registered

10.1(a)

 

Management Agreement dated January 1, 2000 between InfoSonics and JRC, Inc.

10.1(b)

 

Amendment dated November 1, 2001 to Management Agreement date January 1, 2000 between InfoSonics and JRC, Inc.

10.2

 

Distribution Agreement dated August 1, 2003 between InfoSonics and Samsung Telecommunications America, L.P.

10.3

 

Standard Distributor Agreement dated August 19, 2003 between InfoSonics and Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications (USA) Inc.

10.4

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 26, 2004 among InfoSonics, InfoSonics Mexico, Inc., Joseph Ram and Abraham Rosler concerning InfoSonics de Mexico.

10.5

 

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InfoSonics and Joseph Ram.

10.6

 

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InfoSonics and Abraham Rosler.

10.7

 

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InfoSonics and Joseph Murgo.

10.8

 

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InfoSonics and Jeffrey Klausner.

21

 

Subsidiaries of InfoSonics

23.1

 

Consent of Patton Boggs LLP (included in Opinion in Exhibit 5)

23.2

 

Consent of Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein LLP

99.1

 

Employee Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

99.1

 

Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller

(1)
To be filed by amendment.


Item 17. Undertakings.

    1.
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of InfoSonics pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act

II-4


      and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by InfoSonics of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or a controlling person of InfoSonics in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or a controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    2.
    We hereby undertake:

    (a)
    For determining any liability under the Securities Act, to treat the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us under Rule 424(b)(1), or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this registration statement as of the time the Securities and Exchange Commission declared it effective; and

    (b)
    For determining any liability under the Securities Act, to treat each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a new registration statement for the securities offered in the registration statement, and that offering of the securities at that time as the initial bona fide offering of those securities.

II-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on January 28, 2004.

    INFOSONICS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 
    By:    
        /s/   JOSEPH RAM       
Joseph Ram, Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned officers and directors of the registrant, by virtue of his signature to this Registration Statement appearing below, hereby constitutes and appoints Joseph Ram and Jeffrey Klausner, or either of them, with full power of substitution, as attorney-in-fact in his name, place and stead to execute any and all amendments to this Registration Statement in the capacities set forth opposite his name and hereby ratify all that said attorney-in-fact and each of them or his substitutes may do by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   JOSEPH RAM       
Joseph Ram
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   January 28, 2004

/s/  
JOHN W. COMBS       
John W. Combs

 

Director

 

January 28, 2004

/s/  
RANDALL P. MARX       
Randall P. Marx

 

Director

 

January 28, 2004

/s/  
ROBERT S. PICOW       
Robert S. Picow

 

Director

 

January 28, 2004

/s/  
ABRAHAM ROSLER       
Abraham Rosler

 

Director

 

January 28, 2004

/s/  
JEFFREY KLAUSNER       
Jeffrey Klausner

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

January 28, 2004

II-6



EXHIBIT INDEX

        The following is a complete list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement, which Exhibits are incorporated herein.

Number

  Description

1   Underwriting Agreement(1)

3.1

 

Certificate Of Incorporation

3.2

 

Bylaws

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate

5

 

Opinion of Patton Boggs LLP concerning the legality of the securities being registered

10.1(a)

 

Management Agreement dated January 1, 2000 between InfoSonics and JRC, Inc.

10.1(b)

 

Amendment dated November 1, 2001 to Management Agreement dated January 1, 2000 between InfoSonics and JRC, Inc.

10.2

 

Distribution Agreement dated August 1, 2003 between InfoSonics and Samsung Telecommunications America, L.P.

10.3

 

Standard Distributor Agreement dated August 19, 2003 between InfoSonics and Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications (USA) Inc.

10.4

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 26, 2004 among InfoSonics, InfoSonics Mexico, Inc., Joseph Ram and Abraham Rosler concerning InfoSonics de Mexico.

10.5

 

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InfoSonics and Joseph Ram.

10.6

 

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InfoSonics and Abraham Rosler.

10.7

 

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InfoSonics and Joseph Murgo.

10.8

 

Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 between InfoSonics and Jeffrey Klausner.

21

 

Subsidiaries of InfoSonics

23.1

 

Consent of Patton Boggs LLP (included in Opinion in Exhibit 5)

23.2

 

Consent of Singer Lewak Greenbaum & Goldstein LLP

99.1

 

Employee Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

99.2

 

Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller

(1)
To be filed by amendment.

II-7




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF SECURITIES
TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN INFOSONICS AND RELATED PARTIES
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION POSITION ON CERTAIN INDEMNIFICATION
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Item 15. Recent Sales Of Unregistered Securities.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
Item 17. Undertakings.
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 3.1


ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
INFOSONICS CORPORATION

        The undersigned, being at least eighteen years of age, hereby establishes a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland and adopts the following Articles Of Incorporation:

        FIRST. The name of the corporation is InfoSonics Corporation.

        SECOND.    The street address of the initial registered agent and of the principal office of the corporation in Maryland is 11 East Chase Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The name of the initial registered agent of the corporation at that address is CSC—Lawyers Incorporating Service Company. The street address of the corporation's principal office is 6325 Lusk Boulevard, Building A, San Diego, California 92121.

        THIRD.    (a) The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Maryland (the "Maryland Code").

        (b)    In furtherance of the foregoing purposes, the corporation shall have and may exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges granted by the Maryland Code. In addition, it may do everything necessary, suitable and proper for the accomplishment of any of its corporate purposes.

        FOURTH.    The corporation is authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of $.001 par value common stock and 10,000,000 shares of $.001 par value preferred stock, the aggregate par value of both of which is $50,000.00.

1


        FIFTH.    The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

        SIXTH.    The name and address of the corporation's incorporator are:

Name

  Address
Alan L. Talesnick   1660 Lincoln Street
Suite 1900
Denver, Colorado 80264

        SEVENTH.    Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation so provide.

        EIGHTH.    The Board Of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

2



        NINTH.    The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and the same are in furtherance of and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law:

        TENTH.    The corporation shall indemnify each director and each officer, his or her heirs, executors and administrators, against expenses reasonably incurred or liability incurred by him or her in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be made a party by reason of his or her being or having been a director or officer of the corporation, unless it is established that (i) the act or omission was material to the matter giving rise to the liability and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services, or (iii) in the case of a criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful. In the event of a settlement before or after action or suit, indemnification shall be provided only in connection with such matters covered by settlement as to which the corporation is advised by counsel that the person to be indemnified was not guilty of such fraud or misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not exclude other rights to which he or she may be entitled.

        ELEVENTH.    The personal liability of each director and officer of the corporation shall be eliminated and limited to the full extent permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland, including without limitation as permitted by the provisions of Section 2-405.2 of the Maryland Code and any successor provision, as amended from time to time. No amendment of these Articles Of Incorporation or repeal of any of their provisions shall limit or eliminate the benefits provided to directors under this provision with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to that amendment or repeal.

        TWELFTH.    The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in these Articles Of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

        THIRTEENTH.    The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the bylaws of the corporation, or if the bylaws fail to fix such a number, then by resolution adopted from time to time by the Board Of Directors, provided that the number of directors shall not be more than nine nor less than three. Three directors shall constitute the initial Board Of Directors. The following persons are elected to serve as the corporation's initial directors until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualify:

Name

  Address
Joseph Ram   6325 Lusk Boulevard, Building A
San Diego, California 92121

Abraham Rosler

 

6325 Lusk Boulevard, Building A
San Diego, California 92121

Sherry Conta

 

6325 Lusk Boulevard, Building A
San Diego, California 92121

3


        FOURTEENTH.    When, with respect to any actions to be taken by shareholders of the Corporation, the Maryland Code requires the vote or concurrence of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares, or of the shares entitled to vote thereon, or of any class or series, such action may be taken by the vote or concurrence of the majority of such shares or class or series thereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles Of Incorporation this 18 th day of July, 2003.

    /s/   ALAN L. TALESNICK       
Alan L. Talesnick, Incorporator
STATE OF COLORADO )    
  ) ss.    
CITY AND COUNTY OF DENVER )    

        BEFORE ME the undersigned authority, personally appeared Alan L. Talesnick, known to me to be the individual described in and who executed the foregoing Articles Of Incorporation, and he or she acknowledged that he or she subscribed the said instrument for the uses and purposes set forth therein. The subscriber is personally known to me.

        WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State last aforesaid this 18 th day of July, 2003.

[Seal]   /s/   DORIS M. HAYUTIN       
Notary Public
    My Commission Expires: December 1, 2005

******

4




QuickLinks

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF INFOSONICS CORPORATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS
OF
INFOSONICS CORPORATION
(As Approved Pursuant To The
Organizational Consent Of Directors
Effective As Of July 24, 2003)


BYLAWS
OF
INFOSONICS CORPORATION

ARTICLE I
Offices

        The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City and County of Baltimore, State of Maryland or such other city and county as the board of directors shall determine.

        The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Maryland as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II
Stockholders

        Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at a time and date fixed by the board of directors for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the annual meeting shall be held upon reasonable notice and not later than a reasonable period following delivery of the corporation's annual report to stockholders. If the election of directors shall not be held at the annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be.

        Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the president or by the board of directors. Special meetings also shall be called by an officer of the corporation upon written request of stockholders holding in the aggregate not less than 25 percent of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting; subject, however, to the further provisions of this Section 2. Upon receipt of such a written request, either in person or by mail, stating the purpose(s) of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at the meeting, the secretary of the corporation shall inform the requesting stockholder(s) of the reasonable estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and upon payment of these costs to the corporation the secretary shall notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The board of directors has the sole power to fix the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting. The Board Of Directors also has the sole power to fix the date, time and place of any special meeting. Not less than 10 days nor more than 90 days before the special meeting, the secretary shall give, in accordance with Maryland law, written notice of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the date, time, place and purpose of the special meeting.

        Section 3. Place Of Meeting . Subject to the discretion of the Board Of Directors to designate otherwise as provided elsewhere in these Bylaws or pursuant to Maryland law, the person or persons authorized to call any annual or special meeting may designate any place, either within or outside Maryland, as the place for the meeting. A waiver of notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place, either within or outside Maryland, as the place for such meeting. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal corporate offices of the corporation.

        Section 4. Fixing Date For Determination Of Stockholders Of Record . For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,

1



or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, which date shall not be more than 90 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 90 days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed then the record date shall be as follows: (a) for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at the meeting of stockholders, (i) the close of business on the day on which notice of the meeting is mailed, or (ii) the 30 th day prior to the meeting; (b) for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, the day on which the first written consent is expressed, and (c) for determining stockholders for any other purpose, the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

        Section 5. Notice Of Meeting . Except as otherwise provided herein, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before the date of the meeting, unless otherwise required by statute, either personally, by mail or by electronic mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. Notice shall be deemed given to a stockholder when it is (i) personally delivered to the stockholder, (ii) left at the stockholder's residence or usual place of business, (iii) mailed to the stockholder at the stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the corporation, or (iv) transmitted to the stockholder by electronic mail to any electronic mail address of the stockholder or by any other electronic means. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided, however, that notice shall be given if the adjourned meeting is to be is reconvened more than 120 days after the original record date concerning the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

        Section 6. Organization . The president or any vice president shall call meetings of stockholders to order and act as chairman of such meetings. In the absence of said officers, any stockholder entitled to vote at that meeting, or any proxy of any such stockholder, may call the meeting to order and a chairman shall be elected by a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote at that meeting. In the absence of the secretary or any assistant secretary of the corporation, any person appointed by the chairman shall act as secretary of such meetings.

        Section 7. Agenda And Procedure . The board of directors shall have the responsibility of establishing an agenda for each meeting of stockholders, subject to the rights of stockholders to raise matters for consideration which may otherwise properly be brought before the meeting although not included within the agenda. The chairman shall be charged with the orderly conduct of all meetings; provided however, that in the event of any difference in opinion with respect to the proper cause of action which cannot be resolved by reference to statute, or to the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, Robert's Rules Of Order (as last revised) shall govern the disposition of the matter.

        Section 8. Voting Lists . The officer who has charge of the stock books of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of each stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during

2



ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

        Section 9. Quorum . A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the articles of incorporation. If fewer than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 5 of this Article until a quorum shall be present or represented.

        Section 10. Manner Of Acting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless a different vote is required by law or the articles of incorporation, in which case such express provision shall govern.

        Section 11. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the common stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, provided that a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by each holder of outstanding common stock entitled to vote on the matter.

        Section 12. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize any other person or persons to act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after 11 months from its date unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

        Section 13. Voting Of Shares . Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation and subject to the provisions of Section 4 of this Article, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. In the election of directors, each record holder of stock entitled to vote at such election shall have the right to vote the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has the right to vote. Cumulative voting shall not be allowed in the election of directors or for any other purpose.

        Section 14. Voting Of Shares By Certain Holders . Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation the pledgor has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or his proxy may represent such shares and vote thereon. If shares stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the secretary of the corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the effects set forth in Section 2-508 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland.

        Section 15. Inspectors . The chairman of the meeting may at any time appoint one or more inspectors to serve at a meeting of the stockholders. Such inspector(s) shall decide upon the qualifications of voters, including the validity of proxies, accept and count the votes for and against the questions presented, report the results of such votes, and subscribe and deliver to the secretary of the meeting a certificate stating the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon and the number of shares voted for and against the questions presented. The inspector(s) does not need to be a stockholder of the corporation, and any director or officer of the corporation may be

3



an inspector on any question other than a vote for or against his election to any position with the corporation or on any other question in which he may be directly interested.

        Section 16. Notice . No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 16 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 16.

        In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

        To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the secretary of the corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 53 days nor more than 90 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders at which the business proposed is to be acted upon by stockholders; provided, however, that if less than 60 days' notice of the meeting is given to stockholders, written notice of business proposed by stockholders shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the secretary of the corporation not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders.

        To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class and series and the number of shares of each class and series of stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Section 16 to the contrary, a stockholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual or special meeting must comply with Article III, Section 3 of these Bylaws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.

        No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 16, provided, however, that once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 16 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

ARTICLE III
Board Of Directors

        Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors, except as otherwise provided in the General Corporation

4



Law of the State of Maryland or the articles of incorporation. The directors are deemed to be in a fiduciary relationship with the corporation and the stockholders.

        Section 2. Number, Tenure And Qualification . The number of directors of the corporation shall be as determined by the board of directors and shall be not less than one or more than nine. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Article, by a vote of a majority of stockholders present in person or by proxy at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Each director shall hold office for a term of one year and until his successor shall have been elected and shall qualify or until the earliest of his death, resignation or removal. A director can be reelected by the stockholders. Directors need not be residents of Maryland or stockholders of the corporation.

        Section 3. Notice Of Nominations . Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors may be made by oral or written notice delivered to the secretary of the corporation by any officer or director on behalf of the board of directors or committee at any time prior to or at any meeting of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected. Each notice of nomination of directors by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors shall set forth the names of the nominees. Nominations by stockholders shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the secretary of the corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 130 days prior to (i) any meeting (other than an annual meeting) at which directors are to be elected, appointed or designated or, (ii) in the case of an annual meeting, the anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting; provided, however, if, (x) in the case of an annual meeting, the annual meeting is scheduled to be held on a date more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date or, (y) in the case of any other meeting, less than 100 days' notice of the meeting is given to stockholders, then notice by the stockholder must be delivered to the corporation no later than the close of business ninety (90) days prior to such meeting or the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the meeting was first made by the corporation (and in no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of the meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice under this Section 3).

        To be in proper form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person, and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice, and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in

5



accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders of the corporation may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

        Section 4. Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy or newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and a director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced. If at any time, by reason of death, resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by law. When one or more directors shall resign from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill any vacancy or vacancies, with the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his successor is duly elected and has qualified.

        Section 5. Regular Meetings . Unless otherwise approved by the board of directors, a regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders. The board of directors may provide by resolution the time and place, either within or outside Maryland, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

        Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the president or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or outside Maryland, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.

        Section 7. Notice . Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least 24 hours previous thereto by written notice delivered personally, or at least one business day (and not less than 24 hours) previous thereto if sent by facsimile to the business address of the director, or at least five days previous thereto if mailed to a director at his business address, or by notice given at least two days previous thereto by telegraph. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

        Section 8. Quorum . A majority of the number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors, but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

        Section 9. Manner Of Acting . Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law or the articles of incorporation, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. In addition, without the concurrence of a majority of the then outstanding shares, the directors may not (i) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation other than in the ordinary course of the corporation's business or in connection with liquidation and dissolution; (ii) cause the merger or other reorganization of the corporation; or (iii) dissolve or liquidate the corporation, other than before the initial investment in property.

6



        Section 10. Removal . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares then entitled to be cast generally for the election of directors.

        Section 11. Committees . The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to authorize dividends on stock, issue stock (other than as provided in the immediately following paragraph), recommend to the stockholders any action which requires stockholder approval, amend the bylaws, or approve any merger or share exchange which does not require stockholder approval.

        If the board of directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the board, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the board, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the board of directors under sections 2-203 and 2-208 of the General Corporation Law of Maryland.

        Section 12. Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at such meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of any committee of the board may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

        Section 13. Action By Written Consent Of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board or committee.

        Section 14. Meetings By Telephone . Unless otherwise restricted by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee thereof, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting in such manner shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

7



ARTICLE IV
Officers And Agents

        Section 1. General . The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may appoint such other officers, assistant officers, and agents, including a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chairman of the board, one or more vice-chairmen of the board, vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, as they may consider necessary, who shall be chosen in such manner and hold their offices for such terms and have such authority and duties as from time to time may be determined by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person with the exception of the office of president and vice president being held simultaneously by the same person, or as otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

        Section 2. Election And Term Of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors annually at the first meeting of the board held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at that meeting, an election of officers shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall qualify or until the earliest to occur of his death, resignation or removal.

        Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation will be served thereby.

        Section 4. Vacancies . Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time stated therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy occurring in any office by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term or for any other term specified by the board of directors. If any officer shall be absent or unable for any reason to perform his duties, the board of directors, to the extent not otherwise inconsistent with these bylaws or law, may direct that the duties of such officer during such absence or inability shall be performed by such other officer or assistant officer as seems advisable to the board.

        Section 5. Authority And Duties Of Officers . The officers of the corporation shall have the authority and shall exercise the powers and perform the duties specified below, and as may be otherwise specified by the board of directors or by these bylaws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law, and in cases where the duties of any officer or agent are not prescribed by these bylaws or by the board of directors, such officer or agent shall follow the orders and instructions of (a) the chief executive officer, if a chief executive officer is elected, the chief operating officer, if a chief operating officer is elected, the president, and if a chairman of the board is elected, then (b) the chairman of the board.

8


        Section 6. Surety Bonds . The board of directors may require any officer or agent of the corporation to execute to the corporation a bond in such sums and with such sureties as shall be satisfactory to the

9


board, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

        Section 7. Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, emoluments, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE V
Stock

        Section 1. Certificates . Each holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the corporation by the president or a vice-president or the chairman of the board and countersigned by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Certificates of stock shall be consecutively numbered and shall be in such form consistent with law as shall be prescribed by the board of directors.

        Section 2. Record . A record shall be kept of the name and address of each person or other entity holding the stock represented by each certificate for shares of the corporation issued, the number of shares represented by each such certificate, the date thereof and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation. The person or other entity in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof, and thus a holder of record of such shares of stock, for all purposes as regards the corporation.

        Section 3. Consideration For Shares . Shares shall be issued for such consideration (but not less than the par value thereof) as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors. Treasury shares shall be disposed of for such consideration as may be determined from time to time by the board. Such consideration may consist, in whole or in part, of cash, personal property (whether tangible or intangible), real property, leases of real property, labor or services actually rendered, or promissory notes or other obligations for future payment in money, and, subject to the provisions of Section 4 of this Article V, shall be fully paid in such form prior to the issuance of the certificate representing such shares, in such manner and at such times as the directors may require.

        Section 4. Issuance Of Stock . The capital stock issued by the corporation must be non-assessable. It shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable stock, if: (a) the entire amount of the consideration has been received by the corporation in the form or forms set forth in Section 3 of this Article V and if any part of the consideration is in the form of a promissory note or other obligation, such note or obligation has been satisfied in full; or (b) not less than the amount of the consideration determined to be capital pursuant to statute has been received by the corporation in the form or forms set forth in Section 3 of this Article V and the corporation has received a binding obligation of the subscriber or purchaser to pay the balance of the subscription or purchase price; provided, however, nothing contained herein shall prevent the board of directors from issuing partly paid shares as described herein.

        The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend upon partly paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

10



        The directors may from time to time demand payment, in respect of each share of stock not fully paid, of such sum of money as the necessities of the business may, in the judgment of the board of directors, require, not exceeding in the whole, the balance remaining unpaid on said stock, and such sum so demanded shall be paid to the corporation at such times and by such installments as the directors shall direct. The directors shall give written notice of the time and place of such payments, which notice shall be mailed to each holder or subscriber to his last known post office address at least thirty days before the time for such payment for stock which is not fully paid.

        The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractional shares of stock. If it does not issue fractions of a share, it shall: (a) eliminate a fractional interest by rounding off to a full shares of stock; (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined; or (c) issue scrip or other evidence of ownership which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The board of directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the board of directors may impose.

        The board of directors may, at any time and from time to time, if all of the shares of capital stock which the corporation is authorized by its articles of incorporation to issue have not been issued, subscribed for, or otherwise committed to be issued, issue or take subscriptions for additional shares of its capital stock up to the amount authorized in its articles of incorporation.

        Section 5. Lost Certificates . In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, the board of directors may direct the issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof upon such terms and conditions in conformity with law as it may prescribe. The board of directors may in its discretion require the owner of the certificate to give a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as it may determine, before issuing a new certificate in order to provide for indemnification of the corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of the new certificate.

        Section 6. Transfer Of Shares . Upon surrender to the corporation or to a transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in the stock books; provided however, that the corporation shall not be required to effect the requested transfer if the corporation believes the requested transfer would be in violation of any applicable law, regulation, court order or other restriction of any nature.

        Section 7. Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and the corporation shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

        Section 8. Transfer Agents, Registrars And Paying Agents . The board may at its discretion appoint one or more transfer agents, registrars and agents for making payment upon any class of stock, bond, debenture or other security of the corporation. Such agents and registrars may be located either within

11



or outside Maryland. They shall have such rights and duties and shall be entitled to such compensation as may be agreed.

ARTICLE VI
Indemnification Of Officers And Directors

        Section 1. Indemnification Of Directors, Officers, And Others . Subject to Section 2 of this Article VI, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was at any time since the inception of the corporation a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or is or was at any time since the inception of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including serving as trustee, plan administrator or other fiduciary of any employee benefit plan, shall be indemnified by the corporation to the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland (or any similar provision or provisions of applicable law at the time in effect).

        Section 2. Indemnification Of Officers, Directors And Employees Pursuant To The Common Law Or Statutory Provisions Other Than The General Corporation Law Of The State Of Maryland . Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was at any time since the inception of the corporation a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or is or was at any time since the inception of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including serving as trustee, plan administrator or other fiduciary of any employee benefit plan, shall be indemnified by the corporation to the full extent permitted by the common law and by any statutory provision other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland.

        Section 3. Mandatory Advance Of Expenses . Reasonable expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VI shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of (i) a written affirmation by the director of the director's good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation as authorized by Section 2-418 of the Maryland General Corporation Law has been met, and (ii) an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer or employee to repay such amount to the corporation if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article.

        Section 4. Payment Of Indemnified Claims . Reasonable amounts required to be paid in settlement or as a judgment in any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VI shall be paid by the corporation within 90 days of the receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer or employee to repay such amount to the corporation if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article; provided however, that the corporation shall not be required to pay such amounts if a majority of the members of the Board of Directors vote to deny the request for indemnification within the 90 day period set forth in this Section 4.

        Section 5. Rights Of Appeal . In the event that the corporation advances funds for indemnification pursuant to this Article, and, subsequently, indemnification pursuant to this Article is declared unenforceable by a court, or the corporation determines that the director, officer or employee on whose behalf the funds were advanced is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article, then such director, officer or employee shall have the right to retain the indemnification payments until all appeals of the court's or the corporation's decision have been exhausted.

12



        Section 6. Additional Indemnification . Without limiting the indemnification otherwise provided by this Article VI, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was at any time since the inception of the corporation a director, officer or employee of the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation, or is or was at any time since the inception of the corporation a trustee, plan administrator or other fiduciary of any employee benefit plan of the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation, shall be indemnified by the corporation against all expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including an action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, if he (i) acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, (ii) his conduct was not material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was not committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (iii) he did not actually receive an improper personal benefit in money, property or services, and (iv) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

        Section 7. Indemnification Not Exclusive . The indemnification provided in this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

        Section 8. Insurance . By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in such action, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, in such amounts as the board may deem appropriate, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under applicable provisions of laws.

        Section 9. Applicability; Effect . Any indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VI shall be applicable to acts or omissions that occurred prior to the adoption of this Article VI, shall continue as to any persons who ceased to be a director, officer, or employee of the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation, or was serving as or has since ceased to be a trustee, plan administrator or other fiduciary of any employee benefit plan of the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person. The repeal or amendment of this Article VI or any Section or provision hereof which would have the effect of limiting, qualifying or restricting any of the powers or rights of indemnification provided or permitted in this Article VI shall not, solely by reason of such repeal or amendment, eliminate, restrict or otherwise affect the right or power of the corporation to indemnify any person, or affect any right of indemnification of such person, with respect to any acts or omissions which occurred prior to such repeal or amendment. All rights under this Article VI shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the corporation and each person covered hereby.

        Section 10. Savings Clause . If this Article VI or any Section or provision hereof shall be invalidated by any court on any ground, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each party otherwise

13



entitled to indemnification hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by law or any applicable provision of this Article VI that shall not have been invalidated.

ARTICLE VII
Execution Of Instruments; Loans; Checks And Endorsements; Deposits; Proxies

        Section 1. Execution Of Instruments . The president or any vice president shall have the power to execute and deliver on behalf of and in the name of the corporation any instrument requiring the signature of an officer of the corporation, except as otherwise provided by law or in these bylaws or where the execution and delivery thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. Unless authorized to do so by these bylaws or by the board of directors, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation in any way, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or in any amount.

        Section 2. Loans To Directors, Officers And Employees . The corporation may lend money to, guarantee the obligations of and otherwise assist directors, officers and employees of the corporation, or directors of another corporation of which the corporation owns a majority of the voting stock, only upon compliance with the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland.

        Section 3. Checks And Endorsements . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, obligations, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, bills of lading, warehouse receipts, trade acceptances and other such instruments shall be signed or endorsed by such officers or agents of the corporation as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board of directors, which resolution may provide for the use of facsimile signatures.

        Section 4. Deposits . All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the corporation's credit in such banks or other depositories as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board of directors, which resolution may specify the officers or agents of the corporation who shall have the power, and the manner in which such powers shall be exercised, to make such deposits and to endorse, assign and deliver for collection and deposit checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money payable to the corporation or its order.

        Section 5. Proxies . Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the board of directors, the president or any vice president may from time to time appoint one or more agents or attorneys-in-fact of the corporation, in the name and on behalf of the corporation, to cast the votes which the corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation, association or other entity any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation, association or other entity or to consent in writing, in the name of the corporation as such other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he may deem necessary or proper in the premises.

ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous

        Section 1. Waivers Of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting or (in the case of a stockholder) by proxy shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need to be specified in any written waiver or notice unless so required by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

14



        Section 2. Presumption Of Assent . A director or stockholder of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or stockholders at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director or stockholder who voted in favor of such action.

        Section 3. Seal . The corporate seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation and the words "Seal, Maryland." The custodian of the seal shall be the secretary, who along with the president or other officer authorized by the board of directors, may affix the seal to documents of the corporation.

        Section 4. Amendments . These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the board of directors at any meeting of the directors. These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares, without the necessity of the concurrence of the board of directors.

        Section 5. Emergency Bylaws . Subject to repeal or change by action of the stockholders, the board of directors may adopt emergency bylaws in accordance with and pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland.

* * * * *

15




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 4.1

SEE RESTRICTIVE LEGEND ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS CERTIFICATE

Incorporated Under The Laws Of The
State Of Maryland

Number   Shares

 

 

 

 

INFOSONICS CORPORATION


$.001 Par Value Common Stock, 40,000,000 Shares Authorized
 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT                                                 
is the registered holder of



shares of the $.001 par value Common Stock of

InfoSonics Corporation, fully paid and non-assessable,
transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon
surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the said Corporation has caused this
Section 1. Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its Corporate
Seal to be hereunto affixed as of this            day of            , A.D. 20    .


 

 

 

 
Abraham Rosler, Secretary   Joseph Ram, President
     



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 5

Patton Boggs LLP
1660 Lincoln Street
Suite 1900
Denver, Colorado 80264

(303) 830-1776

January 27, 2004

InfoSonics Corporation
6325 Lusk Boulevard, Suite A
San Diego, California 92121

Gentlemen and Ladies:

        We have acted as counsel for InfoSonics Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), in connection with preparation of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, concerning registration of the sale of up to 2,300,000 shares of the Company's $.001 par value common stock (the "Common Stock").

        We have examined the Articles Of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company and the records of the Company's corporate proceedings concerning the registration described above. In addition, we have examined such other certificates, agreements, documents and papers, and we have made such other inquiries and investigations of law as we have deemed appropriate and necessary in order to express the opinion set forth in this letter. In our examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, photostatic, or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of all such latter documents. In addition, as to certain matters we have relied upon certificates and advice from various state authorities and public officials, and we have assumed the accuracy of the material and the factual matters contained herein.

        Subject to the foregoing and on the basis of the aforementioned examinations and investigations, it is our opinion that, upon the receipt by the Company of the payment therefor described in the Registration Statement, the shares of Common Stock will be legally issued and will constitute fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company's Common Stock.

        We hereby consent (a) to be named in the Registration Statement and in the prospectus that constitutes a part of the Registration Statement as acting as counsel in connection with the offering, including with respect to the issuance of securities offered in the offering; and (b) to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 10.1(a)


MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

        MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") effective January 1, 2000 by and between Infosonics Corporation, a California corporation ("Operator") and JRC, Inc., a U.K. company ("Manager").


RECITALS

        WHEREAS, Operator owns and operates a business that is engaged in the marketing of wireless telecommunications services and equipment at 6325 Lusk Blvd, Bldg. A, San Diego, California 92121 (USA) (the "Business");

        WHEREAS, Operator requires the services of a qualified management consultant to assist Operator in the management the Business; and

        WHEREAS, Manager desires to provide such management services to Operator.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the full and faithful performance of all the terms, conditions, and obligations herein contained, and for the mutual reliance of the parties hereto, Manager and Operator agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

OPERATING TERMS AND APPOINTMENT AND ENGAGEMENT OF MANAGER

        1.1    Term .

        1.2    Engagement of Manager . Operator hereby appoints and engages Manager, in the name of and on behalf of the Operator during the term of this Agreement upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated comparable businesses to render the services described herein. Manager makes no warranties, express or implied, and shall not assume any financial or other responsibilities in connection with its obligations hereunder, except as hereinafter specifically provided.

        1.3    Exclusive Representative . Operator hereby designates Manager to be its non-exclusive representative for purposes of communicating and dealing directly with regulatory authorities, governmental agencies, employees, independent contractors, suppliers, and customers, unless Operator is required by law to serve such function.

1



        1.4    Management Services to be Provided by Manager . During the Term of this Agreement, Manager shall, as agent and on behalf of Operator, perform each of the following functions (collectively, "Services"):

        1.5    Expense Reimbursement . Manager shall be entitled to reimbursement by Operator for all ordinary and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Manager or Manager's corporate personnel for travel, lodging and food while performing Services, upon presentation to Operator of adequate substantiation and receipts for such expenses.

ARTICLE II
MANAGEMENT FEE

        2.1    Management Fee . As compensation for its services under this Agreement during the Term, Operator shall pay to Manager a monthly management fee ("Management Fee") equal to ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00), less any withholding requires by law.

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        3.1    Representations and Warranties of Operator . Operator makes the following representations and warranties which are material representations and warranties upon which Manager relies as an inducement to enter into this Agreement:

2


        3.2    Representations and Warranties of Manager . Manager makes the following representations and warranties which are material representations and warranties upon which the other parties rely as an inducement to enter into this Agreement:

3


ARTICLE IV
INDEMNIFICATION

        4.1    Operator's Indemnification . Operator indemnifies, exonerates and holds harmless Manager from and against any claim, loss, cost, damage, expense or other liability arising out of (i) any misrepresentation of Operator under this Agreement, or (ii) the performance by Manager of services under this Agreement, excepting only liability caused by the wrongful acts or omissions of Manager committed willfully and in bad faith. This indemnity agreement shall include indemnity against all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claim or liability, or proceeding brought, and the defense thereof with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Manager. Manager shall be liable only for wrongful acts or omissions of Manager committed willfully and in bad faith. In no event shall Manager be liable for consequential, indirect, special, punitive, or like damages on account of a default under this Agreement or otherwise.

        4.2    Manager's Indemnification . Manager indemnifies, exonerates and holds harmless Operator from and against for any claim, loss, cost, damage, expense or other liability (collectively, "Operator Claims") incurred by Operator (i) arising out of any misrepresentation of Manager under this Agreement, or (ii) by reason of any injury to any person or damage to any property arising out of Manager's performance of its obligations under this Agreement, but only if: (1) a court of competent jurisdiction has found the Operator Claim to have resulted from the wrongful acts or omissions of Manager committed wilfully and in bad faith, or (2) such liability, loss or damage is incurred as a result of a settlement at the request of Manager of an Operator Claim founded on the wrongful acts or omissions of Manager committed wilfully and in bad faith. This indemnity agreement shall include indemnity against all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any Operator Claim or proceeding for which Operator is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, and the defense thereof with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Operator.

        4.3    Notice and Further Handling of Claim . An indemnitee entitled or potentially entitled to indemnification under this Article IV shall give notice to the indemnitor of a claim or other circumstances likely to give rise to a request for indemnification, promptly after the indemnitee becomes aware of the same. An indemnitor shall be afforded the opportunity to undertake the defense of and to settle by compromise or otherwise any claim for which indemnification is available under this Section, with legal counsel approved by the indemnitee (which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld). If an indemnitor so assumes the defense of any claim, the indemnitee may participate in such defense with legal counsel of the indemnitee's selection and at the expense of the indemnitee. If the indemnitor, prior to the expiration of fifteen (15) days after the giving of notice of a claim by the indemnitee under this Article IV, has not assumed the defense thereof, the indemnitee may thereupon undertake the defense thereof on behalf of, and at the risk and expense of, the indemnitor, with all reasonable costs and expenses of such defense to be paid by the indemnitor. No compromise or settlement of any such claim shall be made without the prior written approval of the indemnitee.

        4.4    Waiver . Each party hereby waives any claims against the other (whether founded upon the indemnification provisions contained in this Agreement or otherwise) to the extent any such claim is covered by and loss proceeds are paid and received by the other of them from the insurance carried by or for the benefit of the other of them, and provided such waiver: (i) is not in violation of the policies of insurance under which such loss proceeds are so paid; (ii) does not invalidate such insurance; and (iii) does not disproportionately increase the premiums thereof. Operator and Manager shall use their respective best efforts to assure that the policies of each of Operator and Manager deny to the insurer rights of subrogation against the other of them, provided such denial: (i) is not in violation of the policies of insurance under which such loss proceeds are so paid; (ii) is reasonably obtainable without invalidating such insurance; and (iii) does not disproportionately increase the premiums thereof.

4


ARTICLE V
TERMINATION

        5.1    Termination .

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS COVENANTS

        6.1    Assignment . Operator shall not assign its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Manager. Manager shall not assign its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement except to a subsidiary or affiliate.

        6.2    Special Covenants of Operator . Operator shall cooperate with Manager in every reasonable respect and shall furnish Manager with all information required by it for the performance of its services hereunder and shall permit Manager to examine and copy any data in the possession and control of Operator affecting management and/or operation of the Business and shall in every way cooperate with Manager to enable Manager to perform its services hereunder.

        6.3    Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute or be construed to be or to create a partnership, joint venture or lease between Operator and Manager with respect to the Business. The parties acknowledge that each is an independent entity which has negotiated the terms of, and entered into this Agreement, on an arm's length basis represented by separate legal counsel and that neither is owned or otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, by the other party. Neither party possesses any ownership or equity interest in the other party and neither party has the power, directly or indirectly to significantly influence or direct the actions or policies of the other party. The relationship of Manager to Operator is that of an independent contractor, not that of an agent, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to create a relationship of agency between Manager and Operator.

5


        6.4    Notices .

        6.5    Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon Operator and Manager and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall give to any person, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns hereunder, any benefit or other legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.

        6.6    Surviving Obligations . Notwithstanding the expiration or other termination of the term of this Agreement, the liability of Operator for the payment of the Management Fees and any Accrued Management Fees and accrued interest thereon to Manager shall continue for and with respect to the period ending on the date of such expiration or other termination of the term of this Agreement, and suitable computation and payment of the Management Fee and any Accrued Management Fees and accrued interest thereon for and with respect to such period shall be made as promptly as is reasonably possible. The provisions set forth in Article IV and Section 6.6 shall survive the expiration or other termination of the term of this Agreement.

        6.7    Force Majeure . With respect to any services to be furnished or obligations to be performed by Manager hereunder, Manager shall never be liable for failure to furnish or perform the same when prevented from doing so by strike, lockout, breakdown, accident, order or regulation of or by any Governmental authority, or failure of supply, or inability by the exercise of reasonable diligence to

6



obtain supplies, parts or employees or others necessary to furnish such services, or because of war or other emergency, for any cause beyond its reasonable control.

        6.8    Entire Agreement, Amendments . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter, and no prior oral or written, and no contemporaneous oral, representations or agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement shall be of any force and effect. Any additions, amendments or modifications to this Agreement shall be of no force and effect unless in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

        6.9    Governing Law . This Agreement has been negotiated in the State of California, and the terms and provisions hereof and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the law thereof.

        6.10  Captions and Headings . The captions and headings throughout this Agreement are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held or deemed to define, limit, describe, explain, modify, amplify or add to the interpretation, construction or meaning of any provision of or the scope or intent of this Agreement nor in any way affect this Agreement.

        6.11  Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement or application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of the Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        6.12  Waivers . No waiver of any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be construed as a further and continuing waiver of any such term, provision or condition of this Agreement.

        6.13  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become a binding agreement when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.

7


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, sealed and delivered this Agreement through their duly authorized representatives, as of the day and year first above written.

 
   
   
    INFOSONICS CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       
Name: Joseph Ram
Title: President

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ABRAHAM ROSLER       
Name: Abraham Rosler
Title: Secretary

 

 

JRC, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MICHAEL CONTI       
Name: Michael Conti
Title: General Manager

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JAMES DELLER       
Name: James Deller
Title: Secretary

8




QuickLinks

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
RECITALS
ARTICLE I OPERATING TERMS AND APPOINTMENT AND ENGAGEMENT OF MANAGER

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 10.1(b)


MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT AMENDMENT

        This document dated November 1, 2001 shall serve as an amendment to the MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated January 1, 2000 by and between Infosonics Corporation, a California corporation ("Operator") and JRC, Inc., a U.K. company ("Manager").


RECITALS

        WHEREAS, Operator owns and operates a business that is engaged in the marketing of wireless telecommunications services and equipment at 6325 Lusk Blvd., Bldg A, San Diego, California 92121 (USA) (the "Business");

        WHEREAS, Operator requires the services of a qualified management consultant to assist Operator in the management the Business; and

        WHEREAS, Manager desires to provide such management services to Operator.

        It is agreed that JRC International waives the receipt of management fees from InfoSonics Corporation in the said amount of $10,000 per month for the period of November 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001, a total of $20,000.

        6.4.   Notices.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, sealed and delivered this Agreement through their duly authorized representatives, as of the day and year first above written.

 
   
   
    INFOSONICS CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       
Name: Joseph Ram
Title: President

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ABRAHAM ROSLER       
Name: Abraham Rosler
Title: Secretary

 

 

JRC, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM*       
Name:
Title: General Manager

 

 

By:

 


Name:
Title: Secretary

 

 

* As attorney in fact

2




QuickLinks

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT AMENDMENT
RECITALS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.2


DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

        THIS DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made effective as of the 1 st day of August, 2003 ("Effective Date") between Samsung Telecommunications America, L.P., with an address at 1130 E. Arapaho Road Richardson, Texas 75081 ("STA"), and InfoSonics Corporation, a California corporation, with an address at 6325a Lusk Boulevard, San Diego, California 92121 (hereafter called "Distributor").

        IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises contained herein and intending to be legally bound, STA and Distributor agree as follows:

        1.    PRODUCTS AND PRICES.     STA hereby agrees to sell to Distributor and Distributor agrees to purchase from STA certain products and accessories described in Schedule A ("Product") at the prices set forth in Schedule A, which Schedule A is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

        2.    TERM.     This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue in full force and effect for a period of one year ("Initial Term") unless terminated earlier as provided herein. Thereafter, it may be extended for two (2) successive one (1) year periods upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the terms hereunder. In the event that STA continues to sell Product to Distributor and Distributor continues to purchase Product from STA after termination of this Agreement, those sales shall not be construed as a renewal of this Agreement or as a waiver of such termination, but all such sales shall be governed by terms identical with the provisions of this Agreement relating thereto unless the parties enter into a new agreement binding upon each party hereto and superseding this Agreement.

        3.    TERRITORY.     Distributor may resell and distribute the Products in those certain geographical areas set forth in Schedule B ("Territory"). Distributor shall not transship, sell or otherwise transfer the Products outside the Territory, nor shall Distributor knowingly sell Products to any person or entity that intends to sell the Products outside the Territory.

        4.    ROLLING FORECAST/PURCHASE ORDERS.     On the Effective Date, Distributor will deliver to STA a good-faith written six (6) months rolling forecast with the closest in time three (3) months as firm purchase orders. One month after the Effective Date, and every month thereafter through the duration of this Agreement, Distributor will deliver to STA a good-faith written six (6) months rolling forecast with the closest in time third month as firm purchase orders. The forecast shall specify the quantity of each type of Products that the Distributor expects to purchase on a month-to-month basis during the forecast period.

        5.    INVOICING/PAYMENT TERMS.     Each delivery of Products shall be invoiced separately. Payment shall be either (i) on a prepaid in full basis or (ii) Distributor shall, at Distributor's expense, obtain a Standby Letter of Credit issued by a bank reasonably acceptable to STA ("Letter of Credit"). If Distributor elects to make payment via a Letter of Credit, Distributor shall pay each invoice in full, without offset or credit, no later than thirty (30) days from the date of the invoice at the address set forth in the invoice. Invoice date shall be the date of shipment. In the event Distributor fails to make payment within such 30-day period, then STA shall be have the right to exercise its rights under the Letter of Credit and collect all sums due.

        6.    TAXES AND DUTIES.     The prices set forth herein for the Products do not include any amounts for Federal, State, or local excise, sales, use, property, retailer's, occupation, or value added tax, customs duties, or any other assessment in the nature of taxes however designated on the Products, excluding taxes on STA's income. Distributor shall pay any and all such taxes and custom duties

1



attributable to Products purchased hereunder, and shall promptly provide to STA official receipt of payment of such sums, or a valid certificate of exemption acceptable to the appropriate taxing authority. If Distributor claims exemption from any such taxes, duties or assessments, it shall hold STA harmless from and indemnify STA against any assessments, charges or penalties of any kind levied by any taxing authority against STA.

        7.    PRICE PROTECTION.     In the event STA lowers its price on any Product, Distributor shall be entitled to such lower price ("Price Protection") if the following conditions are met: (a) Distributor purchased the product to be price protected within 30 days of the price reduction; (b) Distributor provides STA with a computer inventory printout of current in-stock inventory purchased within thirty (30) days of the price change and currently in Distributor's warehouse, excluding any inventory on hold for a sale already consummated; and (c) Distributor is current on all invoices due. If all conditions are met the Price Protection will be calculated at the lowest net price difference on applicable units after calculating all applicable discounts and credits allowed, and shall be issued in the form of a credit memo to Distributor within thirty (30) days of receipt of request and all necessary documentation from Distributor.

        8.    ORDERS.     All purchases of Products shall be initiated by Distributor's issuance of a purchase order sent in writing or, if available, via electronic data interchange. Such orders shall identify the number and type of Products desired and the requested delivery dates. STA shall use reasonable efforts to notify Distributor of the acceptance or rejection of each purchase order within ten (10) business days of its receipt. Partial shipment of an order shall not constitute acceptance of the full order. Other than as expressly provided for herein, the terms and conditions on any purchase order issued by Distributor are null and void and shall have no force and effect whatsoever.

        9.    ORDER PROCESSING.     STA reserves the right to reject any purchase order in whole or in part, and delivery of part of an order shall not obligate STA to make further deliveries. An order shall be considered accepted by STA only by one of the following means: (a) issuance of an acknowledgement in writing; or (b) shipment of Products ordered to the extent such Products are shipped.

        10.    DELIVERY AND RISK OF LOSS.     Unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties in advance, all Products shipped pursuant to this Agreement will be suitably packed for shipment in STA's standard containers, marked for shipment to Distributor at the address specified in the purchase order, and delivered to a carrier or forwarding agent selected by Distributor. If Distributor fails to select a carrier or forwarding agent, STA will make such designation in accordance with its standard shipping practices. Shipment of Products sold hereunder will be FOB the respective STA manufacturing or warehouse facility within the Continental U.S., or point of entry for products manufactured outside of the Continental U.S. ("Delivery Point"), at which time risk of loss shall pass to Distributor. All costs of freight, insurance, and any other shipping expenses from the Delivery Point, as well as any special packaging expenses requested by Distributor, shall be borne by Distributor. Delivery dates are best estimates only. Distributor's sole remedy for failure or inability to deliver Products shall be: (a) the rescheduling of the delivery date, or (b) if the delay in delivery exceeds thirty (30) days beyond the confirmed delivery date and is not the result of a force majeure event, cancellation of the order. In the event of any shortage of any Products, STA shall have the right to allocate available Products or models among its customers in such a manner as STA deems necessary.

        11.    DOA AND RETURNS.     Distributor shall not have the right to return Products to STA during the term hereof or upon termination hereof except upon receipt of STA's written consent obtained in advance of such return in accordance with the DOA and Return procedure set forth in Schedule C, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

        12.    CREDIT.     Distributor shall complete a STA credit application and provide a resale tax exemption certificate and financial statements, if requested by STA. STA may, but shall not be bound

2



to, extend credit to Distributor, and it may in its absolute discretion, change or withdraw at any time upon notice to Distributor, any credit terms previously extended to Distributor. If any amounts due STA by Distributor become past due, STA may, at its option, withhold further shipments or deliveries of Products until all invoices are paid in full. In the event Distributor fails to meet its payment obligations as set forth herein, STA further reserves the right to request any other form of financial guarantee, including, but not limited to, a standby letter of credit or a Guaranty of Distributor's repayment obligations.

        13.    MARKETING DEVELOPMENT FUNDS.     STA agrees to provide to Distributor Marketing Development Funds ("MDF") equal to two percent (2%) of the net price paid by Distributor for Products. Such MDF shall be provided in the form of a credit which shall be applied to Distributor's account within thirty days following each quarter (based on the calendar year). Distributor's account must be current and in good standing in order for such MDF credit to applied.

        14.    CHANGES.     STA shall have the right, in its sole discretion and without incurring any liability to Distributor, to 1) increase no more than one time per year Product pricing and 2) alter the design of, limit, or discontinue the production of any Product, provided such alteration does not materially alter the affected Product.

        15.    PRODUCT WARRANTY.     STA warrants the Products in accordance with the applicable Limited Warranty accompanying the Products as set forth in Schedule D which may be revised by STA from time to time, and makes no representation or warranty of any other kind, express or implied. STA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL STA'S LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Distributor is not authorized to and shall not extend or purport to extend any warranty relating to the Products.

        16.    LOGOS AND TRADEMARKS.     Each party, without the prior written consent of the other party, shall have no right to use any of the other party's trademarks, trade names, corporate slogans or logos, or product designations for any purpose, including, but not limited to, use in the sale, lease or advertising of any Product or on any Product, Product container, advertising or promotional materials. Each party shall acquire no rights under this Agreement in any trademark, trade name or logo of the other party. During the term of this Agreement and thereafter, each party will not knowingly do anything that will in any way materially infringe, impeach or lessen the value of the patents, trademarks or trade names under which any of the Products are sold and will do nothing that will tend to prejudice the reputation or sale of any Products, and this obligation shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

        Distributor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless STA from and against any and all losses, expenses, damages, and liabilities incurred by STA as a result of any claim that any of the marks, logos, or other material provided by Distributor to STA infringes any patent, copyright, or other proprietary right of any third party.

        17.    NO LICENSE GRANTED.     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to grant to Distributor either directly or indirectly, or by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license under any patents, copyrights, trademarks, or trade secrets of STA.

        18.    RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES.     During the term hereof the relationship between STA and Distributor is solely that of vendor and vendee. Distributor, its agents, and employees shall, under no circumstances, be deemed representatives or agents of STA for any purpose whatsoever. Neither Distributor nor STA shall have any right to enter into, nor shall either party purport to have the right to enter into any contract or commitment in the name of, or on behalf of the other, or to bind the

3



other in any respect whatsoever. In no event shall this Agreement be construed to create a franchiser/franchisee or agency relationship between Distributor and STA.

        19.    TERMINATION.     This Agreement may be terminated (i) by either party upon sixty (60) days written notice to the other party, or (ii) by the non-breaching party in the event of a material breach by the other party, providing the non-breaching party gives written notice to the breaching party of the default and such default is not cured within thirty (30) days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may also be terminated by STA, effective immediately upon delivery of written notice to Distributor, in any of the following events: (i) any assignment or attempted assignment by Distributor of any interest in this Agreement without STA's prior written consent; (ii) the insolvency of Distributor, or the filing of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy, or the appointment of a referee, trustee, conservator, or receiver for a substantial portion of the property of Distributor; or (iii) the failure of Distributor for any reason to function in the ordinary course of business as a Distributor; (iv) a material change in management of Distributor or any change of any material interest in the direct or indirect ownership of the Distributor, or (v) failure by Distributor to make payment when due.

        20.    OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION.     Expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not terminate Distributor's payment obligations nor Distributor's obligation to accept shipment of firm purchase orders accepted by STA prior to such termination or expiration. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, (a) Distributor shall cease to be an authorized wholesale Distributor of STA Products, (b) all unshipped orders may be canceled by STA without liability of either party to the other; and (c) Distributor shall resell and deliver to STA upon demand, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, such STA Products in original factory-sealed cartons as STA may elect to repurchase from Distributor. Further, in the event this Agreement is terminated by STA due to a breach by Distributor, then all amounts of indebtedness owing by Distributor to STA shall, notwithstanding prior terms of sale, become immediately due and payable. No provision of this Agreement, or the termination thereof, shall be construed as relieving Distributor or STA of its obligations to fulfill all undischarged advertising and promotional commitments to each other or to third parties. In the event Distributor fails to discharge such commitments, STA may, at its election, pay any or all such valid claims at any time and Distributor shall promptly reimburse STA upon Distributor's receipt of invoice for the total amount of such payment by STA. Within fifteen (15) days after termination of this Agreement, Distributor shall remove and not thereafter use any sign, display, or other advertising means containing the brand name or any other trademark or trade name of STA and Distributor shall immediately destroy all advertising matter and other printed matter in its possession or under its control containing the brand name or other trademarks and trade names of STA except for consumer brochures necessary for the resale of Products remaining in Distributor's possession after termination.

        21.    PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INDEMNIFICATION.     STA agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless any suit filed against Distributor based upon a claim that any Products and provided hereunder infringe any United States patent or copyright and to pay all damages (subject to the limitations set forth herein), if any, finally awarded in any such suit; provided that STA is notified promptly in writing of the claim or suit and given complete control of the defense and settlement of the claim or suit. If the use or sale of any Product furnished hereunder is enjoined as a result of such a suit, STA may, at its option, obtain for Distributor the right to continue to use or sell any such Product, substitute an equivalent Product reasonably acceptable to Distributor in its place, or reimburse Distributor for the purchase price of the Product, less a charge for reasonable wear and tear. However, this indemnity shall not cover any suit or claim based in whole, or in part, upon (i) compliance with designs, plans or specifications of the Distributor, (ii) use of the Product in combination with product or devices not sold by STA, (iii) use of the Product in an application or environment for which such Product was not designed, (iv) modifications to the Product not made or approved by STA, or (v) a

4



patent in which Distributor or any subsidiary or affiliate of Distributor has any direct or indirect interest by license or otherwise.

        22.    INDEMNIFICATION.     STA hereby indemnifies and holds Distributor, its officers, directors and employees, harmless from and against any loss or claim for personal injury or damage to real or tangible personal property arising out of inherent defects in any Products existing at the time such Products are delivered by STA to Distributor; provided, however, that Distributor gives STA prompt notice of any such loss or claim, STA has complete control over the defense settlement of such claim, and Distributor cooperates fully with STA and its insurance carrier. Distributor hereby indemnifies and holds STA, its officers, directors and employees harmless from and against any loss or claim arising out of the negligence or unauthorized or unlawful acts of Distributor, its agents, employees or representatives in the installation, use, sales or servicing of Products.

        23.    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.     STA'S TOTAL LIABILITY AND DISTRIBUTOR'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AGAINST STA FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY ANY PRODUCT DEFECT OR FAILURE, OR ARISING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OR NONPERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OR CHARACTERIZATION OF THE CLAIM ASSERTED (e.g., BREACH OF CONTRACT OR WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, INFRINGEMENT, INDEMNIFICATION, OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE: (I) FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY, THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 14; (II) FOR PATENT INFRINGEMENT, THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 20; AND (III) FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO REAL OR TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY OR FOR PERSONAL INJURY TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY STA, DISTRIBUTOR'S RIGHT TO PROVEN ACTUAL DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL STA, INCLUDING ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, AND EMPLOYEES, BE LIABLE TO DISTRIBUTOR, OR ANY THIRD PARTY, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS, LOST PROFITS, LOST BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES, DAMAGE TO GOODWILL OR REPUTATION, OR LOSS OF DATA TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW. IN ADDITION, NO ACTION SHALL BE BROUGHT FOR ANY CLAIM RELATING OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT MORE THAN ONE (1) YEAR AFTER THE ACCRUAL OF SUCH CAUSE OF ACTION, EXCEPT FOR MONEY DUE UPON AN OPEN ACCOUNT.

        24.    HEALTH AND SAFETY LAWS.     In the event Distributor becomes aware of any Product that (i) poses a health or safety issue which, in Distributor's opinion, could create a substantial risk of injury to the public, or (ii) violates any U.S or Canadian law, Distributor shall immediately notify STA in writing, detailing such issue or violation.

        25.    U.S. GOVERNMENT SALES.     If Distributor elects to sell Products to the U.S. Government or to a U.S. Government prime contractor, Distributor shall be solely and exclusively responsible for compliance with all statutes and regulations relating to such sales of Products. STA makes no representations, certifications or warranties whatsoever with respect to the ability of its Products to satisfy any such statutes or regulations. Failure of Distributor to conduct any sales to the U.S. Government, or to U.S. Government prime contractors in accordance with U.S. law shall constitute an additional material breach of this Agreement.

        26.    IMPORT/EXPORT CONTROLS.     STA'S obligations to provide Distributor with Products is at all times subject to U.S. and international import and export laws and regulations. All Products, including any related technology or software, will be shipped in accordance with U.S. export administration regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. Distributor represents and warrants that it shall comply with any such laws and regulations, if any, applicable to any Products. Distributor agrees that it shall fully and completely indemnify STA from and against any loss, costs, expenses, fines or damages resulting from a failure to comply with this provision.

5



        27.    NOTICES.     Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be served by personal delivery or by certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the addresses designated by them in this Agreement or as subsequently changed by notice duly given. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, the date on which notice shall be deemed given is the date of mailing.

        28.    NO OTHER AGREEMENTS.     This Agreement terminates and supersedes all prior Agreements, if any, between the parties hereto relating to the Products, and this Agreement contains the full agreement between the parties. Distributor and STA declare that there are no other terms and conditions, representations or understanding regarding the subject matter hereof, except those set forth in or incorporated by this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and each of them, are reasonable and were entered into at arm's length.

        29.    AMENDMENTS/MODIFICATIONS.     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement may not be extended, supplemented or modified in any way except by a document in writing signed by the party to be charged. Notwithstanding the foregoing, STA shall have the right to amend, modify or change this Agreement to accommodate any legislation or governmental regulation.

        30.    NO ASSIGNMENT.     Neither this Agreement nor any right nor interest herein may be assigned by Distributor.

        31.    WAIVER.     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the waiver or the failure by either party to claim a breach of any provision of this Agreement, shall not be construed as a waiver of any other provision or the waiver of the same provision at a subsequent time beyond the original breach.

        32.    FORCE MAJEURE.     STA shall not be liable for any delay or failure to perform due to any cause beyond its reasonable control including, but not limited to acts of God, strikes, interruptions of transportation or inability to obtain necessary labor, material or facilities, or default of any supplier, or delays in FCC or other governmental approvals. Any scheduled delivery date shall be considered extended by a period of time equal to the time of any delay caused by a force majeure event. If STA is unable to fully perform for a period of time in excess of forty-five (45) days because of any force majeure event, Distributor may terminate any delayed order without further liability to STA.

        33.    GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE.     This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas excluding its choice of law provisions. The exclusive venue for any lawsuit arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be state or federal court in Dallas County, Texas, USA.

        34.    DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND ATTORNEYS' FEES.     Except for any disputes as to amounts of indebtedness owing to STA by Distributor upon termination of this Agreement, all disputes relating to or arising from this Agreement shall be resolved by a three (3) member arbitration panel to be convened in Dallas, Texas in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgement upon any award may be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction. The prevailing party in any lawsuit or arbitration proceeding shall be entitled to recover all attorneys' fees and expenses incurred in connection with such action.

        35.    CONFIDENTIALITY.     The parties acknowledge that by reason of their relationship to one another they each will have access to certain confidential and proprietary information ("Confidential Information") belonging to the other party. Each party agrees that it shall not use for its own account, or the account of any third party, nor disclose to any third party any Confidential Information of the other party. Moreover, each party shall take every reasonable precaution to prevent the disclosure of the other party's Confidential Information. Each party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to prevent any breach of this provision.

6



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement on the day and year written below.

SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS AMERICA, L.P.   INFOSONICS CORPORATION
         
Signed: /s/   JEONG HAN KIM       
  Signed: /s/   JOSEPH RAM       
         
Printed: Jeong Han Kim
  Printed: Joseph Ram
         
Title: President
  Title: President/CEO
         
Date: August 28, 2003
  Date: August 21, 2003

7




QuickLinks

DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.3


SONY ERICSSON MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS (USA) INC.

STANDARD DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

        This Standard Distribution Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into by and between Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications (USA) Inc., a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 7001 Development Drive, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27709 ("SEMC") and InfoSonics Corporation a California company with a principal place of business at 6325 Lusk Blvd., Bldg. A, San Diego, CA 92121 ("Distributor"). As used in this Agreement, "Party" shall mean either SEMC or Distributor, as the case may be, and "Parties" shall mean both SEMC and Distributor.

        WHEREAS, Distributor desires to purchase certain SEMC products and services for the purpose of resale to third parties: and,

        WHERAS, SEMC is willing to authorize Distributor to purchase certain products and services for resale in accordance with the terms and conditions expressly set forth in this Agreement:

        NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants made in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, SEMC and Distributor agree as follows:

1.     APPOINTMENT

        Distributor is granted a non-exclusive distributorship with respect to those SEMC products as listed on Attachment A (Product and Distributor Prices) to this Agreement ("Products"). It is SEMC's intention to market, sell and support Products through a variety of direct and indirect distribution channels. Distributor acknowledges that SEMC may appoint or assign or may have previously appointed or assigned other direct or indirect sales and/or support organizations whose Territory may overlap Distributor's Territory in whole or in part.

2.     BUYER-SELLER RELATIONSHIP

        The relationship between Distributor and SEMC under this Agreement is that of buyer and seller and nothing contained in this agreement shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or other agency relationship between the Parties. Distributor and its agents and employees shall under no circumstance be considered agents, employees or representatives of SEMC, and they shall not hold themselves out as such to third parties, or attempt to enter into contracts or commitments in the name of or on behalf of SEMC or attempt to bind SEMC in any respect whatsoever.

3.     TERRITORY

        Distributor is authorized to sell Products only for use within North America ("territory"). In no event shall Distributor sell Products for use or resale outside of the Territory. Sale for resale outside the Territory shall constitute grounds for immediate termination of this Agreement.

4.     RESERVED ACCOUNTS

        Distributor is not authorized to solicit orders from, or sell Products to, the customer accounts listed on Attachment B (Reserved Accounts) to this Agreement. Upon prior written notice, in its sole discretion and without consent or prior approval of Distributor, SEMC may add accounts to or remove accounts from Attachment B. In the event SEMC intends to add additional companies to Attachment B it will provide Distributor with at least sixty (60) days prior notice.

1



5.     MINIMUM PURCHASE REQUIREMENT

        During the initial term of this Agreement, Distributor shall purchase the minimum volume of Products set forth in Attachment C (Distributor Quota Requirements). For subsequent terms SEMC shall establish similar requirements to be added to the terms of Attachment C. Distributor agrees that failure to achieve this minimum purchase volume shall constitute cause for termination or non-renewal of this Agreement. Distributor further agrees not to contest termination or non-renewal for failure to achieve the minimum purchase volume established in Attachment C. In the event this Agreement is renewed or extended beyond the initial Term, the Distributor Quota Requirement shall be reset and apply to the subsequent renewal or extended term. In the event SEMC seeks to modify the Distributor Quota Requirement for any future extension or renewal term, SEMC shall provide distributor with notice thereof at least forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration of the then-current term.

6.     DISTRIBUTOR'S ACTIVITIES

        Distributor shall: (a) use its best efforts to develop business, to promote sales, and to sell Products in the Territory; (b) maintain a sufficient sales organization which will actively solicit the sale of Products, carry out promotional programs, and fully utilize any sales assistance furnished by SEMC; (c) maintain a representative and adequate stock of Products (not less than 30 days of inventory) and include a representative listing of Products listed in Attachment A in any catalog Distributor may issue for use within the Territory; and (d) provide on a periodic basis such information and reports of inventories, sales and other reporting as SEMC in the reasonable exercise of its judgment may request from time to time. The obligations set forth in sub-section 6(c) above are contingent upon SEMC continuing to extend reasonable credit terms commensurate with Distributor's financial standing and previous payment history with SEMC.

7.     ORDERS

        From time to time, and as otherwise required by this Agreement, Distributor shall issue orders to SEMC for the purchase of the Products. Such purchase orders will include at least the following information: (a) reference to this Agreement, (b) Distributor's order number, (c) description of the Products, (d) applicable prices, (e) location to which the Products are to be shipped, (f) location to which invoice(s) will be rendered for payment, and (g) requested delivery date. Subject to the terms of this Agreement with respect to cancellation of orders, all such orders shall be binding purchase commitments of Distributor. SEMC, upon receipt of such order shall send either an acknowledgement of the Order or a rejection of the order indicating the grounds upon which SEMC is unable to fulfill the requested order.

8.     SHIPPING

        Unless otherwise specified by SEMC, delivery of the products purchased by Distributor hereunder will be made FCA point of shipment to Distributor, freight prepaid to destination, and risk of loss or damage passes to Distributor at delivery. SEMC shall not be required to ship said Products to Distributor at destination other than the place or places listed in Attachment D (Ship to Locations). Distributor may add a reasonable number of ship-to locations within the continental United States upon no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to SEMC. Nothing contained herein shall require SEMC to accept additions to Attachment D, wherein the result would be that SEMC acts or otherwise serves as a drop or direct shipper to Distributor's customers. Costs incurred in fulfilling any Distributor request for special handling or expedited delivery shall be paid by Distributor upon receipt of SEMC invoice. SEMC will provide Distributor reasonable assistance with information necessary to complete required import or export documentation.

2


9.     SHIPPING DATES

        Shipping dates are approximate and SEMC shall not be liable for delays in delivery or performance, or for failure to manufacture or deliver or perform due to (i) acts of force majeure, as defined by this agreement, and other causes beyond its reasonable control, or (ii) acts of Distributor. In the event of such delay, the date of delivery or of performance shall be extended for a period equal to the time of such delay, provided however, in all events, that any order the delivery of which is delayed more than sixty (60) days, other than delay attributable to the acts or omissions of Distributor, shall automatically be deemed cancelled. Should Distributor refuse to take delivery of Products rightfully delivered under the terms of this Agreement, SEMC shall invoice Distributor and Distributor shall make payment for such Products. Distributor may request that a scheduled delivery date be extended by up to thirty (30) days. Distributor shall be responsible for any reasonable storage and handling charges incurred by SEMC as a result of any such delayed delivery request or any refusal of delivery by Distributor.

10.   CANCELLATION

        All purchase orders are effective as of the date accepted by SEMC. Orders for custom Products shall not be subject to cancellation. Orders for standard Products may be canceled by Distributor only by written request addressed to SEMC's Order Administration which arrives at least five (5) days prior to the scheduled delivery. Orders cancelled less than thirty (30) days prior to the originally scheduled shipping date shall be subject to Distributor's payment of a restocking fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the price of Product(s) for which Orders are cancelled. Distributor shall remit payment of such fees in conjunction with its cancellation request.

11.   PRODUCT ALLOCATION

        In the event of a shortage of any Product or Product model for any reason, SEMC shall have the right to allocate available Products or models among its other customers in such manner as SEMC may consider to be equitable.

12.   PRICES, TERMS AND CONDITIONS

        Pricing for each Product is provided on Attachment A. If not provided, on Attachment A, pricing shall be as subsequently agreed between the parties in writing. All prices provided in or in conjunction with this Agreement shall be in United States Dollars. All sales by SEMC to Distributor of Products shall be governed by (a) the provisions of this Agreement and (b) those prices, discounts, and terms and conditions of sale as SEMC shall establish in writing and which shall be in effect at the time of shipment. Any provision of any purchase order placed by Distributor which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or such terms and conditions of sale, or is in addition thereto, shall be null and void unless accepted in writing expressly referencing and acknowledging amendment of this Agreement. Mere acceptance or acknowledgement of a purchase order or shipment of Product shall not be deemed an acceptance of any different or additional terms and conditions.

13.   TERMS OF PAYMENT; LATE CHARGES

        Amounts due will be billed as shipments are made, and payment is due thirty (30) days from the date of invoice unless stated otherwise in writing signed by SEMC after the date hereof. If invoices are not paid when due, Distributor agrees to pay late charges on the unpaid delinquent balance at the lesser rate of twenty-four percent (24%) per annum compounded at the rate of two percent (2.0%) per month or the maximum rate allowed by law. If after default this contract is placed with an attorney for collection, Distributor agrees to pay reasonable attorney's fees and legal expenses incurred in conjunction with collection efforts. SEMC reserves the right to withhold shipment of future orders in

3



the event (i) payment for any of Distributor's previous orders is more than ten (10) days overdue, or (ii) Distributor has exceeded a credit limit established by SEMC.

14.   CREDIT

        SEMC may, but shall not be bound to, extend credit to Distributor, and it may in its absolute discretion change or withdraw at any time any credit terms previously extended by it to Distributor. In the event that any indebtedness owing by Distributor to SEMC shall be past due, SEMC may at its option withhold further shipments or deliveries to Distributor until all indebtedness to SEMC shall have been fully paid. In the event of any expiration or termination of this Agreement, all indebtedness of either Party to the other Party under the terms of this Agreement shall become due and owing upon the date of such termination or expiration, regardless of the terms previously agreed to in respect to such indebtedness.

15.   TAXES

        In addition to any price specified herein, Distributor shall pay the gross of any present or future sales, use, excise, value-added, or other similar tax applicable to the price, sale or use of any products or services furnished hereunder by SEMC, or in lieu thereof Distributor shall furnish SEMC with a tax-exemption certificate acceptable to the applicable taxing authorities and thereafter, as long as Distributor asserts the validity of such certificate, SEMC shall not invoice Distributor for any such taxes.

16.   PRICE PROTECTION

        Unless otherwise agreed in writing, any reduction by SEMC with respect to prices for a particular Product shall apply to any and all Products in Distributor's inventory on the date of the price change and which were shipped to Distributor within the thirty (30) day period prior to the date of the price changes. For the avoidance of doubt, the price protection benefits provided herein shall not apply with respect to: (1) rebates, incentives or other promotions, (2) pricing provided in association with less favorable terms and conditions (3) pricing provided for greater purchase volume, (4) pricing provided in return for other additional consideration, (5) pricing for other territories or markets, and (6) pricing offered to settle a dispute regarding Seller's alleged breach of an agreement with a third party.

17.   SECURITY INTEREST

        SEMC shall retain a security interest in the Products (as inventory of the Distributor) and in all proceeds and accounts receivable with respect thereto, until such Products have been paid for in cash. Distributor agrees to perform all acts necessary to perfect and maintain such right and security interest in the Products. Distributor hereby agrees that this Agreement, without any attachment indicating the price of the Products, may be filed as a financing statement in any appropriate jurisdiction for the perfection of such interest.

18.   NO AUTHORITY TO ASSUME LIABILITIES

        SEMC DOES NOT ASSUME ANY OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE OF ITS PRODUCTS OTHER THAN THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS INSTRUMENT. SEMC DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DISTRIBUTOR) TO ASSUME FOR SEMC ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES. WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS MADE BY DISTRIBUTOR TO ITS CUSTOMERS WHICH EXCEED THOSE PROVIDED BY SEMC IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF DISTRIBUTOR.

4



19.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

        Through their relationship the Parties may disclose certain information and materials concerning their business, plans, customers, technology, and products that are confidential and of substantial value to the disclosing Party, which value would be impaired if such information were disclosed to third parties ("Confidential Information"). Each Party shall treat as confidential and secret all Confidential Information received from the other Party, shall not use such Confidential Information except as expressly permitted under this Agreement, and shall not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party without the other Party's prior written consent. Confidential Information may only be disclosed to personnel with a need to know such information for the performance of this Agreement and to a such additional legal counsel, accountants, and executives with a legitimate need to know such information for a Party's internal business purposes. Each Party shall take reasonable measures to prevent the disclosure and unauthorized use of Confidential Information of the other Party, but no less measures than such Party takes to protect its own Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the above, the restrictions of this Section shall not apply to information that: (a) becomes publicly available without the fault of the receiving Party; (b) is rightfully obtained by the receiving Party from a third party with the right to transfer such information; (c ) is independently developed by the receiving Party without the benefit of the disclosing Party's Confidential Information; (d) is otherwise transferred or authorized under the terms of this Agreement; or (e) is disclosed pursuant to the order or requirement of a court, administrative agency, or other governmental body; provided, however, that the receiving Party shall provide prompt notice thereof to the other Party and shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain a protective order or otherwise prevent public disclosure of such information. The receiving Party shall have the burden of proving the existence of any condition (a) through (e) in this Section. Each Party acknowledges that its breach of this Section may cause irreparable harm to the other Party. In addition to any other remedies to which a Party may be legally entitled, the non-breaching Party shall have the right to seek immediate equitable relief in the form of an injunction, restraining order, or other similar order to prevent or curtail any breach. The existence and terms of this Agreement are Confidential. Neither Party, without the other's prior consent, may make any statement, announcement, or publicity release as to the existence or nature of this Agreement. If the Parties agree to issue any such statement, the specific terms thereof shall be as mutually agreed between the Parties. In the event of termination of this Agreement, there shall be no use or disclosure by a receiving Party of any confidential information of the disclosing Party for a period of five (5) years.

20.   PATENTS, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

        As between SEMC and Distributor and and as between SEMC and Distributor's customers, employees, agents, consultants and contractors, SEMC retain all Intellectual Property Rights in and to the Products and all related Product documentation. Purchaser agrees that it shall not: (i) reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile, interrogate or decode the software or any data files created by or associated with the Product; (ii) derive source code, methodologies or proprietary algorithms from the software; (iii) modify the software or otherwise create any derivative work from the software; (iv) assert the invalidity or contest the ownership by SEMC of the software, either as a complete or partial defense to any claim made by SEMC or any third party, or (v) take any action which may prejudice the validity of SEMC's rights, title and interest in and to the Software. SEMC shall retain the exclusive right to reproduce, publish, patent, copyright, sell, license and otherwise make use of the Products and any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, updates and Enhancements relating to the Products. Purchaser shall not make any modifications to the Products, nor remove or alter or translate any writings or etchings contained in or on the Products or the documentation delivered to Purchaser as part of the Products without SEMC's prior written consent.

5


21.   TRADEMARKS

        Distributor shall not use directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any SEMC Trademark or Tradename, or any Trademark or Tradename of Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB, its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates, SEMC, or any mark or name confusingly similar to any of the aforementioned (collectively "SEMC Marks"), as part of the Distributor's corporate or business name or in any way in connection with Distributor's business, except in the manner and to the extent that SEMC may specifically consent to in writing. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed, Distributor shall delete and discontinue all use of SEMC Marks. All uses of SEMC Marks shall be in accordance with written Guidelines established by SEMC and provided to Distributor from time to time.

22.   CHANGES

        To the extent not otherwise prohibited or governed by the terms of this Agreement and to the extent a current binding Distributor order for Products is not affected, SEMC shall have the right from time to time, in its absolute discretion, without incurring any liability to Distributor to:

        It is agreed that in the event any such changes materially diminish the ability to Distributor to sell Products, Distributor and SEMC shall work in good faith to make appropriate adjustments to the Distributor Quota Requirements.

23.   LIMITED WARRANTY

        With respect to the Products, SEMC provides only the Limited Manufacturer's Warranty as contained in the materials provided with each Product. SEMC's sole obligation with respect to valid warranty claims is to repair or replace the Product at SEMC's sole discretion. SEMC does not warrant that any software provided with or contained in the Product will operate uninterrupted or error free. Warranty returns are subject to SEMC's reasonable repair and return policies in effect from time to time. SEMC's warranty obligations shall not apply to any Product, or part thereof, which (i) has been modified or otherwise altered other than pursuant to SEMC's written instructions or written approval; (ii) is not properly stored, installed, used, maintained or repaired by Distributor; (iii) has been subjected to any other kind of misuse or detrimental exposure; (iv) have been damaged due to use of non SEMC-approved accessories; or (v) are not reported to SEMC as being defective or nonconforming within thirty (30) days of discovery. Distributor shall assume full responsibility for resolution of warranty claims arising more than eighteen (18) months from the date of delivery of such Product to Distributor.

        The foregoing warranties are exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties, whether oral, written, expressed, implied or statutory. SEMC MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER IMPLIED, EXPRESS OR STATUTORY, WHETHER BY USAGE OF TRADE, INDUSTRY CUSTOM, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.

6



24.   GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION

         SEMC shall indemnify and hold Distributor harmless from any loss, claim, demand, liability and expense (including reasonable attorney and expert witness fees) arising out of or in connection with personal injury or property damage (other than to the Product itself) to the extent such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of SEMC in its design or manufacture of the Product. Distributor shall indemnify and hold SEMC harmless from any loss, claim, demand, liability and expense (including reasonable attorney and expert witness fees) arising out of or resulting from personal injury or property damage (other than to the Product itself) to the extent such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Distributor or to the extent it arises out of any negligent or unauthorized representations made by Distributor concerning the Products.

25.   INDEMNITY FOR INFRINGEMENT

        SEMC agrees to indemnify the Distributor and to hold the Distributor harmless from and against any and all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney and expert witness fees) incurred by Distributor as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any United States copyright or patent of a third party in consequence of the the Distributor's use or possession of the Products or other material provided by SEMC in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SEMC shall have no obligation to indemnify Distributor with respect to any infringement or alleged infringement: (1) resulting from any modifications or alterations of any Products or other materials made by Distributor or any third-party, to the extent such claim of infringement results from such alteration or modification; (2) resulting from any unauthorized use of the Products or other materials by Distributor or any third party, to the extent the claim of infringement results from such unauthorized use, (3) resulting from Distributor's failure to implement a new software release which would eliminate the claim of infringement, to the extent such software release is made available by SEMC. Distributor agrees to indemnify SEMC and to hold SEMC harmless from and against any and all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by SEMC as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any United States copyright or patent of a third party: (1) resulting from any modifications or alterations of any Products or other materials by or at the direction of Distributor, to the extent such claim of infringement results from such alteration or modification; (2) resulting from any unauthorized use of the Products or other materials by or at the direction of Distributor, to the extent the claim of infringement results from such unauthorized use, (3) resulting from Distributor's failure to implement a new software release which would eliminate the claim of infringement, to the extent such software release is made available by SEMC.

        If a Product provided by SEMC is, or in the opinion of SEMC is likely to become, the subject of any action for infringement of any United States copyright or patent, or if such item is adjudicated to infringe any United States copyright or patent, or if the use of the item is enjoined by any third party, then SEMC shall have the option either to: (1) obtain at its expense, the right to continue use of the Product, (2) replace or modify the Product so that it becomes non-infringing, or (iii) terminate this Agreement and refund to purchaser the purchase price for such Product less any depreciation attributable to prior use. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE INFRINGEMENT OF ANY THIRD PARTY'S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

26.   CONDITIONS OF INDEMNITY

        The obligations of indemnity expressly created by this Agreement are conditioned upon (1) the Party seeking indemnification ("Indemnitee") providing the other Party ("Indemnitor") provide prompt written notice of any alleged claim affecting the obligations of indemnity contained in this Section;

7



(2) Indemnitee providing Indemnitor sole authority to control fully, at Indemnitor's expense, the defense and/or settlement of any such claim, provided any such settlement does not acknowledge any wrongdoing on behalf of Indemnitee or create additional obligations for Indemnitee; and (3) Indemnitee furnishing all reasonable assistance and providing all appropriate documentation requested by the indemnifying Party.

27.   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

        EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO ANY EXPRESS OBLIGATION FOR INDEMNITY PROVIDED BY SEMC IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF SEMC ON ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE OF ANY OBLIGATION THEREUNDER OR FROM THE MANUFACTURE, SALE, DELIVERY, RESALE, REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR USE OF ANY PRODUCTS OR THE FURNISHING OF ANY SERVICE, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE ALLOCABLE TO THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES PROVIDED TO DISTRIBUTOR WHICH GIVE RISE TO THE CLAIM.

        IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY LOSS OF INCOME, LOSS OF PROFITS, OR INCREASED CAPITAL COSTS, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OR NATURE OF ACTION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, STRICT LIABILITY, EQUITY, INDEMNITY, NEGLIGENCE, INTENDED CONDUCT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF SUCH DAMAGES WERE FORSEEABLE OR IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL NOT APPLY TO OR OTHERWISE LIMIT LIABILITY ARISING OUT ANY EXPRESS OBLIGATION OF INDEMNITY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

28.   CO-OP ADVERTISING ALLOWANCE

        On a monthly basis throughout the Term of this Agreement, SEMC will contribute a dollar amount, equal to two percent (2%) of the invoiced price of any Products purchased by Distributor during the previous month, to a cooperative marketing fund ("Co-Op"). Amounts will be provided as an available credit and may be used by Distributor solely in connection with an "Authorized Co-Op Program." "Authorized Co-Op Program" means any marketing or promotion of the Products which: (a) is conducted in accordance with SEMC's published guidelines provided to Distributor; and (b) is approved by SEMC and Distributor in advance of the Program, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Except as properly utilized, due or owing in conjunction with an Authorized Co-Op Program, Co-Op is non-refundable and shall in no event be applied as a credit against funds due and otherwise owing from Distributor to SEMC and shall not be provided to Distributor as cash or a cash equivalent. Co-Op must be utilized by the earlier of (1) 6 months from the date of the Product sale from which such Co-Op accrued, or (2) February 15 of the year following the calendar year in which they accrued. In the event Products are returned to and accepted by SEMC for credit, any Co-Op associated with the prior sale of such Product shall be deducted from Distributor's available Co-Op balance, without any additional consideration provided or being otherwise due. For the avoidance of doubt, Co-Op is not applied retroactively and is not included in purchases of Product arranged prior to the date hereof.

29.   TERM

        This Agreement shall be effective as of the date signed by both Parties and shall continue thereafter for a period of six (6) months, unless sooner terminated in accordance with its terms. This Agreement shall automatically renew for successive periods of one year each, unless at least thirty

8



(30) days prior to the expiration date of the then-current term, either Party provides the other Party with written notice of the intended expiration of this Agreement.

30.   TERMINATION

        In addition to any express termination rights granted elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated as follows:

31.   OBLIGATIONS AFTER TERMINATION

        Except as expressly provided herein, expiration or termination of this agreement shall not relieve a Party of obligations accruing prior to the date of such expiration or termination or which expressly survive expiration or termination. The provisions contained in this Agreement that by their nature and context are intended to survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any Purchase Order hereunder shall survive such expiration or termination, including but not limited to sections 3, 4, 8-13, 15, 17-21, 23-27, 31-39, and 41-46.

32.   SALES AFTER EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION

        Upon expiration or termination, SEMC shall only be obligated to deliver orders for Product placed prior to the effective termination or expiration date. For deliveries of Product occurring after termination or expiration of this Agreement, SEMC shall require advance payment or payment on delivery with respect to such Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing and irrespective of the date of any prior purchase order, SEMC shall not be obligated to supply any additional Products to Distributor should this Agreement be terminated by SEMC for Distributors non-payment of sums due. The acceptance of any order from, or the sale of any Products to, Distributor after the termination or expiration of distributorship hereby created shall not be construed as a renewal or extension of this Agreement or as a waiver of termination, but, in the absence of a new written agreement signed on behalf of SEMC, all such transactions shall be governed by provisions identical to the provisions of this agreement.

9



33.   NO LIABILITY FOR TERMINATION

        Neither SEMC nor Distributor shall, by reason of the permitted amendment, termination or non-renewal of the terms of this Agreement be liable for any loss, damage or injury incurred by a Party to the extent arising out of such permitted amendment, modification or non-renewal.

34.   FORCE MAJEURE

        Neither Party shall be liable or deemed to be in default for any delay or failure in performance under this Agreement or related interruption of service resulting directly or indirectly from acts of God, civil or military authority, acts of public enemy, war, accidents, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, the elements, epidemics, strikes, labor disputes, shortages of fuel, power, suitable parts, materials, labor or transportation, whether in its own enterprise, or any cause beyond the reasonable control of such Party. In the above instances, time for performance shall be extended for the period of the delay caused; provided however, that should the period of force majeure continue for thirty (30) consecutive days, either Party may terminate any order for Product impacted thereby by such delay.

35.   NOTICE

        Any notice required to be given by any other Party to this Agreement shall be deemed given if in writing and if delivered by First Class Certified Mail Return Receipt requested, confirmed facsimile or by established overnight courier. Notice shall be effective upon confirmed receipt. Notice shall be delivered as follows:

    If to SEMC:   If to DISTRIBUTOR:
             
    Attn: General Legal Counsel   Attn: Joseph Ram, President
    Address: 7001 Development Drive
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709
  Address: 6325 Lusk Blvd., Bldg. A
San Diego, CA 92121
    Telephone: (919) 472-6073   Telephone: (858) 373-1600
    Fax: (919) 472-7454   Fax: (858) 373-1503

36.   CHOICE OF LAW

        This Agreement and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regards to its conflict of laws principles. It is further expressly acknowledged that the provisions of the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to activities conducted under or arising out of this Agreement. Distributor hereby consents to and waives objection to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of North Carolina for resolution of any dispute or claim arising out this Agreement as to which such court otherwise has subject matter jurisdiction.

37.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION

        In the event that a dispute arises over the interpretation or application of any provision of this Agreement or the grounds for termination hereof, or any matter regarding this Agreement or the sale or transfer of any goods hereunder, either Party may request that the Parties meet within ten (10) business days of such request and seek to resolve the dispute by negotiation of the appropriate officers of each Party. Such meetings shall be attended by individuals with decision-making authority, to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute prior to pursuing other available remedies. If, within ten (10) business days after the first such meeting, the Parties have not succeeded

10



in negotiating a resolution of the dispute, or if it has not been possible to schedule a meeting within ten (10) business days following request thereof by a Party the Parties shall be free to pursue remedies available at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge that a breach of this agreement may inflict continuing and irreparable damage, and therefore, the aggrieved Party, in addition to any and all remedies it may have at law or in equity, shall have the right to seek equitable relief in the form of an injunction, restraining order, or other similar order to prevent or curtail any such breach. The prevailing Party in any dispute shall be entitled to recover its costs, fees, and expenses incurred in the course of pursuing or defending such dispute, including but not limited to its reasonable attorney fees. Fees for use of in-house corporate counsel shall be charged at the prevailing rate for counsel practicing in the private sector in the locale of such Party.

38.   IMPORT/EXPORT

        To the extent export is permitted by this Agreement, Distributor will not knowingly export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any technical data (as defined by the U.S. Export Administration Regulations), including Products or Product spare parts, to a destination to which such export or re-export is restricted or prohibited by U.S. or non-U.S. law without obtaining prior authorization from the requisite competent government authorities to the extent required by those laws; or export or re-export directly or indirectly, any direct product of such technical data, including software, to a destination to which such export or re-export is restricted or prohibited by U.S. or non-U.S. law without obtaining prior authorization from the requisite competent government authorities to the extent required by those laws.

39.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

        The Parties will comply with the provisions of all federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, regulations, and codes in its performance of this Agreement. Specifically, to the extent this Agreement contemplates activities outside of the United States, the Parties shall act in conformity with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the OECD Treaty and other similar national law, as applicable. Each Party represents that neither it, nor any person employed by it or representing it, has made, offered, provided or authorized, or will make, offer, promise or authorize, directly or indirectly, any payment or transfer of anything of value to any official, representative or employee of any government agency or instrumentality, any political Party or officer thereof, or any candidate for public office for the purpose of influencing a decision by any of them to take actions favorable to SEMC or Distributor on any matter related directly or indirectly to the subject of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the purchase or supply of goods or services.

40.   AUDIT

        At reasonable times and upon reasonable notice either Party may audit and inspect the business records of the other Party as is necessary in order to determine such other Party's compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Party conducting any audit under this section shall be responsible for its costs and expenses in administering the audit.

41.   WAIVER

        The failure of either Party to require performance by the other Party of any provision hereof shall not affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter; nor shall the waiver of either Party of a breach of any provision hereof be taken or held to be the waiver of the provision itself. Any waiver, to be effective, must be in writing, be signed by the waiving Party, and expressly state the right or obligation waived thereby.

11



42.   COUNTERPARTS

        This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

43.   HEADINGS

        The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

44.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT

        This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and collateral written or oral understandings, agreements, negotiations, commitments, or representations by or between the Parties with respect to its subject matter.

45.   ASSIGNMENT

        Neither Party may assign any of its obligations, rights or interests under this Agreement without first obtaining the written approval of the other Party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

46.   SEVERABILITY

        In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be unenforceable or invalid under any applicable law or be so held by applicable court decision, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not render this agreement unenforceable or invalid as a whole and the Parties' obligations hereunder shall continue. The Parties agree to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with such enforceable or valid terms and conditions as to the greatest extent possible represent the original intent of the Parties.

47.   AUTHORITY

        Each signatory hereto warrants that they have obtained all necessary authorization and consents to bind their respective Parties hereto, and that by signing they create a binding commitment by such Party to the terms hereof.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SEMC and Distributor have executed this Agreement effective as of the date of the last signature affixed below.

SEMC:
SONY ERICSSON MOBILE CORPORATION
COMMUNICATIONS (USA) INC.
  DISTRIBUTOR:
INFOSONICS
         
By: /s/   GARY MENEES       
  By: /s/   JOSEPH RAM       
         
Print Name: Gary Menees
  Print Name: Joseph Ram
         
Title: Vice President of Sales, T-Mobile
  Title: President
         
Date: August 18, 2003
  Date: August 19, 2003

12




QuickLinks

SONY ERICSSON MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS (USA) INC.

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.4


STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

        This Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into between and among InfoSonics Corporation, a Maryland corporation ("InfoSonics"), InfoSonics Mexico, Inc., a California corporation ("InfoSonics Mexico"), Joseph Ram ("Ram") and Abraham Rosler ("Rosler") to be effective as of January 26, 2004 (the "Effective Date"). InfoSonics and InfoSonics Mexico together are referred to as the "Purchasers", and Ram and Rosler together are referred to as the "Sellers". For purposes of this Agreement, each Purchaser and each Seller shall be referred to individually as a "Party" and all of them shall be referred to collectively as the "Parties".

Recitals

        A.    Sellers desire to sell an aggregate of 100 shares (the "Shares") of the common stock of InfoSonics de Mexico, S.A. DE C.V., a corporation formed under the laws of Mexico (the "Company").

        B.    Sellers wish to sell the Shares to Purchasers, and Purchasers wish to purchase the Shares from Sellers, according to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Agreement

        In consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

        1.      Purchase And Sale Of Shares .


        2.      Representations Of Sellers . Each Seller represents, warrants and agrees to and with Purchasers as follows as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing Date:

        3.      Representations Of Purchasers . Purchasers hereby represent, warrant, and agree to and with Seller as follows:

        4.      Additional Covenants .

2


        5.      Miscellaneous .

Purchaser:   Info Sonics Corporation
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, California 92121
Facsimile No.: (858) 373-1507

Sellers:

 

Joseph Ram
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, California 92121
Facsimile No.: (858) 373-1507

 

 

Abraham Rosler
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, California 92121
Facsimile No.: (858) 373-1507

        Any Party may change his or its respective address for purposes of this Section 5.2 by giving the other Party Notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

        5.3    Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, and if any provision of this Agreement shall be or become prohibited or invalid in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, that provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remaining portion of that provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

        5.4    Non-Waiver . The waiver of any Party of a breach or a violation of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation of any provision of this Agreement.

        5.5    Amendment . No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be deemed effective unless and until it has been executed in writing by the Parties to this Agreement. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there by any estoppel to enforce any provision of this Agreement, except by a written instrument that has been executed by the Party charged with such waiver or estoppel.

3



        5.6    Inurement . This Agreement shall be binding upon all of the Parties, and it shall benefit, respectively, each of the Parties, and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by any Party. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement.

        5.7    Headings . The headings to this Agreement are for convenience only; they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

        5.8    Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute a single instrument.

        5.9    Survival Of Representations And Warranties . Each covenant, agreement, representation and warranty of the Parties under this Agreement shall survive for one year the execution of this Agreement and the performance of each respective Party's obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

4


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is executed on the dates set forth below to be effective as of the Effective Date.

        PURCHASERS:
INFOSONICS CORPORATION

Date:

 

1/27/2004


 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       

 

 

 

 

INFOSONICS MEXICO, INC.

Date:

 

1/27/2004


 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       

 

 

 

 

SELLERS:

Date:

 

1/27/2004


 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       
Joseph Ram, individually

Date:

 

1/26/04


 

/s/  
ABRAHAM ROSLER       
Abraham Rosler, individually

5




QuickLinks

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.5


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as of this 31 st day of December, 2003 by and between InfoSonics Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and Joseph Ram ("Employee") and to be effective as of January 1, 2004. Employee and Company are sometimes referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

        In consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and agreements herein contained, the Company and Employee hereby covenant, promise and agree to and with each other as follows:

        1.     Employment. The Company shall employ Employee and Employee shall perform services for and on behalf of the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

        2.     Positions and Duties of Employment. Employee shall be required to devote his full energy, skill and best efforts as required to the furtherance of his managerial duties with the Company as the Company's Chief Executive Officer. While serving in such capacity(ies), Employee shall have the responsibilities, duties, obligations, rights, benefits and requisite authority as is customary for his position and as may be determined by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company.

        Employee understands that his employment as Chief Executive Officer of the Company involves a high degree of trust and confidence, that he is employed for the purpose of furthering the Company's reputation and improving the Company's operations and profitability, and that in executing this Agreement he undertakes the obligations set forth herein to accomplish such objectives. Employee agrees that he shall serve the Company fully, diligently, competently, and to the best of his ability. Employee certifies that he fully understands his right to discuss this Agreement with his attorney, that he has availed himself of this right to the extent that he desires, that he has carefully read and fully understands this entire Agreement, and that he is voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

        3.     Duties. Employee shall perform the following services for the Company:

        4.     Term. Unless terminated earlier as provided for in this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall be for four years, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2007 (the "Term"). If the employment relationship is terminated by either Party, Employee agrees to cooperate with the Company and with the Company's new management with respect to the transition of the new management in the operations previously performed by Employee. Upon Employee's termination, Employee agrees to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof), any other Company property in Employee's possession or control, and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential material of the Company.


        5.     Compensation. Employee shall receive the following as compensation:

        6.     Confidentiality. Employee hereby warrants, covenants and agrees that, without the prior express written approval of Employer or unless required by law or court order, Employee shall hold in the strictest confidence, and shall not disclose to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, any and all of Employer's data, including but not limited to (a) information, drawings, sketches, plans or other documents concerning Employer's business or development plans, customers or suppliers, (b) Employer's development, design, construction or sales and marketing methods or techniques, or (c) Employer's trade secrets and other "know-how" or information not of a public nature, regardless of how such information came to the custody of Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, such information shall include, but not be limited to, information, including a formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique or process, that (i) derives independent economic value, present or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The warranty, covenant and agreement set forth in this paragraph shall not expire, shall survive this Agreement, and shall be binding upon Employee without regard to the passage of time or other events.

2


        7.     Non-Compete. Employee acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the Company's business and that Employee's duties hereunder justify restricting Employee's further employment following any termination of employment. The Employee agrees that so long as the Employee is employed by the Company, and (i) for a period of two years following the termination of this Agreement, Employee, except when acting at the request of the Company on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company, will not induce customers, agents or other sources of distribution of the Company's business under contract or doing business with the Company to terminate, reduce, alter or divert business with or from the Company, and (ii) for a period of one year following the termination of this Agreement, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, member or manager of a limited liability company, shareholder of a company that does not have securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"), or shareholder in excess of one percent of a company that has securities registered under the 1934 Act, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of Employer, in or about any market in which Employer has, or has publicly announced a plan for doing business. Employee further covenants and agrees that the restrictive covenant set forth in this paragraph is reasonable as to duration, terms, and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of Employer, imposes no undue hardship on Employee, and is not injurious to the public. The covenant set forth under (ii) above shall not apply if Employee's employment is terminated within twelve months of a Change in Control as defined in of this Agreement. Ownership by Employee, for investment purposes only, of less than one percent of any class of securities of a corporation if said securities are listed on a national securities exchange or registered under the 1934 Act shall not constitute a breach of the covenant set forth under (ii) above. It is the desire and intent of the Parties that the provisions of this paragraph be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular portion of paragraph shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, this paragraph shall be deemed amended to apply in the broadest allowable manner and to delete therefrom the portion adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such amendment and deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of paragraph in the particular jurisdiction in which that adjudication is made.

        8.     Termination.

3


4


        9.     Remedies. If there is a breach or threatened breach of any provision of Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Employee from such breach. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies for such breach or threatened breach.

        10.     Severability. It is the clear intention of the Parties to this Agreement that no term, provision or clause of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, unless such term, provision or clause cannot be otherwise construed, interpreted, or modified to give effect to the intent of the Parties and to be valid, legal or enforceable. The Parties specifically charge the trier of fact to give effect to the intent of the Parties, even if in doing so, information of a specific provision of this Agreement is required consistent with the foregoing stated intent. In the event that such a term, provision, or clause cannot be so construed, interpreted or modified, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and other application(s) thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

        11.     Waiver of Breach. The waiver by the Company or Employee of the breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other Party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by that Party.

        12.     Entire Agreement. This document contains the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, if any, concerning the subject matter hereof or otherwise concerning Employee's employment by Employer (except for options to purchase shares of Employer's restricted stock previously granted to Employee). This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only by agreement in writing signed by the Parties.

        13.     Governing Law. This Agreement, its validity, interpretation and enforcement, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding conflict of laws principles. Employee hereby expressly consents to personal jurisdiction in the state and federal courts located in San Diego, California for any lawsuit filed there against him by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement.

        14.     Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement shall be validly given or served if that notice is made in writing and delivered personally or sent by certified mail or registered, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following addresses:

If to Company:   InfoSonics Corporation
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, CA 92121
Attention: Chairperson, Compensation Committee

If to Employee:

 

To the address for Employee set forth below his signature.

        All notices so given shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or, if sent by certified or registered mail, five business days after date of mailing. Either party, by notice so given, may change the address to which his or its future notices shall be sent.

        15.     Assignment and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon Employee and the Company and shall benefit the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Employee.

        16.     Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only; they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

5



        17.     Construction. Employee represents he has (a) read and completely understands this Agreement and (b) had an opportunity to consult with such legal and other advisers as he has desired in connection with this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any one of the Parties.

        18.     Insurance. The company is to maintain directors' and officers' insurance in an amount determined reasonably by the Board of Directors of the Company.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.


EMPLOYEE

 

INFOSONICS CORPORATION

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       
Joseph Ram, Individually

 

By:

 

/s/  
ABRAHAM ROSLER       
Abraham Rosler, Executive Vice President
Printed Name and Title

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
       

 

 



 

 

 

 

* * * * *

6




QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.6


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as of this 31 st day of December, 2003 by and between InfoSonics Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and Abraham Rosler ("Employee") and to be effective as of January 1, 2004. Employee and Company are sometimes referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

        In consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and agreements herein contained, the Company and Employee hereby covenant, promise and agree to and with each other as follows:

        1.     Employment. The Company shall employ Employee and Employee shall perform services for and on behalf of the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

        2.     Positions and Duties of Employment. Employee shall be required to devote his full energy, skill and best efforts as required to the furtherance of his managerial duties with the Company as the Company's Executive Vice President. While serving in such capacity(ies), Employee shall have the responsibilities, duties, obligations, rights, benefits and requisite authority as is customary for his position and as may be determined by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company.

        Employee understands that his employment as Executive Vice President of the Company involves a high degree of trust and confidence, that he is employed for the purpose of furthering the Company's reputation and improving the Company's operations and profitability, and that in executing this Agreement he undertakes the obligations set forth herein to accomplish such objectives. Employee agrees that he shall serve the Company fully, diligently, competently, and to the best of his ability. Employee certifies that he fully understands his right to discuss this Agreement with his attorney, that he has availed himself of this right to the extent that he desires, that he has carefully read and fully understands this entire Agreement, and that he is voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

        3.     Duties. Employee shall perform the following services for the Company:

        4.     Term. Unless terminated earlier as provided for in this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall be for four years, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2007 (the "Term"). If the employment relationship is terminated by either Party, Employee agrees to cooperate with the Company and with the Company's new management with respect to the transition of the new management in the operations previously performed by Employee. Upon Employee's termination, Employee agrees to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof), any other Company property in Employee's possession or control, and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential material of the Company.


        5.     Compensation. Employee shall receive the following as compensation:

        6.     Confidentiality. Employee hereby warrants, covenants and agrees that, without the prior express written approval of Employer or unless required by law or court order, Employee shall hold in the strictest confidence, and shall not disclose to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, any and all of Employer's data, including but not limited to (a) information, drawings, sketches, plans or other documents concerning Employer's business or development plans, customers or suppliers, (b) Employer's development, design, construction or sales and marketing methods or techniques, or (c) Employer's trade secrets and other "know-how" or information not of a public nature, regardless of how such information came to the custody of Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, such information shall include, but not be limited to, information, including a formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique or process, that (i) derives independent economic value, present or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The warranty, covenant and agreement set forth in this paragraph shall not expire, shall survive this Agreement, and shall be binding upon Employee without regard to the passage of time or other events.

2


        7.     Non-Compete. Employee acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the Company's business and that Employee's duties hereunder justify restricting Employee's further employment following any termination of employment. The Employee agrees that so long as the Employee is employed by the Company, and (i) for a period of two years following the termination of this Agreement, Employee, except when acting at the request of the Company on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company, will not induce customers, agents or other sources of distribution of the Company's business under contract or doing business with the Company to terminate, reduce, alter or divert business with or from the Company, and (ii) for a period of one year following the termination of this Agreement, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, member or manager of a limited liability company, shareholder of a company that does not have securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"), or shareholder in excess of one percent of a company that has securities registered under the 1934 Act, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of Employer, in or about any market in which Employer has, or has publicly announced a plan for doing business. Employee further covenants and agrees that the restrictive covenant set forth in this paragraph is reasonable as to duration, terms, and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of Employer, imposes no undue hardship on Employee, and is not injurious to the public. The covenant set forth under (ii) above shall not apply if Employee's employment is terminated within twelve months of a Change in Control as defined in of this Agreement. Ownership by Employee, for investment purposes only, of less than one percent of any class of securities of a corporation if said securities are listed on a national securities exchange or registered under the 1934 Act shall not constitute a breach of the covenant set forth under (ii) above. It is the desire and intent of the Parties that the provisions of this paragraph be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular portion of paragraph shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, this paragraph shall be deemed amended to apply in the broadest allowable manner and to delete therefrom the portion adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such amendment and deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of paragraph in the particular jurisdiction in which that adjudication is made.

        8.     Termination.

3


4


        9.     Remedies. If there is a breach or threatened breach of any provision of Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Employee from such breach. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies for such breach or threatened breach.

        10.     Severability. It is the clear intention of the Parties to this Agreement that no term, provision or clause of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, unless such term, provision or clause cannot be otherwise construed, interpreted, or modified to give effect to the intent of the Parties and to be valid, legal or enforceable. The Parties specifically charge the trier of fact to give effect to the intent of the Parties, even if in doing so, information of a specific provision of this Agreement is required consistent with the foregoing stated intent. In the event that such a term, provision, or clause cannot be so construed, interpreted or modified, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and other application(s) thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

        11.     Waiver of Breach. The waiver by the Company or Employee of the breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other Party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by that Party.

        12.     Entire Agreement. This document contains the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, if any, concerning the subject matter hereof or otherwise concerning Employee's employment by Employer (except for options to purchase shares of Employer's restricted stock previously granted to Employee). This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only by agreement in writing signed by the Parties.

        13.     Governing Law. This Agreement, its validity, interpretation and enforcement, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding conflict of laws principles. Employee hereby expressly consents to personal jurisdiction in the state and federal courts located in San Diego, California for any lawsuit filed there against him by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement.

        14.     Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement shall be validly given or served if that notice is made in writing and delivered personally or sent by certified mail or registered, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following addresses:

If to Company:   InfoSonics Corporation
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, CA 92121
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

If to Employee:

 

To the address for Employee set forth below his signature.

        All notices so given shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or, if sent by certified or registered mail, five business days after date of mailing. Either party, by notice so given, may change the address to which his or its future notices shall be sent.

        15.     Assignment and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon Employee and the Company and shall benefit the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Employee.

        16.     Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only; they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

5



        17.     Construction. Employee represents he has (a) read and completely understands this Agreement and (b) had an opportunity to consult with such legal and other advisers as he has desired in connection with this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any one of the Parties.

        18.     Insurance. The Company is to maintain directors' and officers' insurance in an amount determined reasonably by the Board of Directors of the Company.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.


EMPLOYEE

 

INFOSONICS CORPORATION

/s/  
ABRAHAM ROSLER       
Abraham Rosler, Individually

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       
Joseph Ram, Chief Executive Officer
Printed Name and Title

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
       

 

 



 

 

 

 

* * * * *

6




QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.7


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as of this 31 st day of December, 2003 by and between InfoSonics Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and Joseph Murgo ("Employee") and to be effective as of January 1, 2004. Employee and Company are sometimes referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

        In consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and agreements herein contained, the Company and Employee hereby covenant, promise and agree to and with each other as follows:

        1.     Employment. The Company shall employ Employee and Employee shall perform services for and on behalf of the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

        2.     Positions and Duties of Employment. Employee shall be required to devote his full energy, skill and best efforts as required to the furtherance of his managerial duties with the Company as the Company's Vice President of North America Sales and Marketing. While serving in such capacity(ies), Employee shall have the responsibilities, duties, obligations, rights, benefits and requisite authority as is customary for his position and as may be determined by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company.

        Employee understands that his employment as Vice President of North America Sales and Marketing of the Company involves a high degree of trust and confidence, that he is employed for the purpose of furthering the Company's reputation and improving the Company's operations and profitability, and that in executing this Agreement he undertakes the obligations set forth herein to accomplish such objectives. Employee agrees that he shall serve the Company fully, diligently, competently, and to the best of his ability. Employee certifies that he fully understands his right to discuss this Agreement with his attorney, that he has availed himself of this right to the extent that he desires, that he has carefully read and fully understands this entire Agreement, and that he is voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

        3.     Duties. Employee shall perform the following services for the Company:

        4.     Term. Unless terminated earlier as provided for in this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall be for four years, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2007 (the "Term"). If the employment relationship is terminated by either Party, Employee agrees to cooperate with the Company and with the Company's new management with respect to the transition of the new management in the operations previously performed by Employee. Upon Employee's termination, Employee agrees to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof), any other


Company property in Employee's possession or control, and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential material of the Company.

        5.     Compensation. Employee shall receive the following as compensation:

        6.     Confidentiality. Employee hereby warrants, covenants and agrees that, without the prior express written approval of Employer or unless required by law or court order, Employee shall hold in the strictest confidence, and shall not disclose to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, any and all of Employer's data, including but not limited to (a) information, drawings, sketches, plans or other documents concerning Employer's business or development plans, customers or suppliers, (b) Employer's development, design, construction or sales and marketing methods or techniques, or (c) Employer's trade secrets and other "know-how" or information not of a public nature, regardless of how such information came to the custody of Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, such information shall include, but not be limited to, information, including a formula, pattern, compilation,

2


program, device, method, technique or process, that (i) derives independent economic value, present or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The warranty, covenant and agreement set forth in this paragraph shall not expire, shall survive this Agreement, and shall be binding upon Employee without regard to the passage of time or other events.

        7.     Non-Compete. Employee acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the Company's business and that Employee's duties hereunder justify restricting Employee's further employment following any termination of employment. The Employee agrees that so long as the Employee is employed by the Company, and (i) for a period of two years following the termination of this Agreement, Employee, except when acting at the request of the Company on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company, will not induce customers, agents or other sources of distribution of the Company's business under contract or doing business with the Company to terminate, reduce, alter or divert business with or from the Company, and (ii) for a period of one year following the termination of this Agreement, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, member or manager of a limited liability company, shareholder of a company that does not have securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"), or shareholder in excess of one percent of a company that has securities registered under the 1934 Act, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of Employer, in or about any market in which Employer has, or has publicly announced a plan for doing business. Employee further covenants and agrees that the restrictive covenant set forth in this paragraph is reasonable as to duration, terms, and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of Employer, imposes no undue hardship on Employee, and is not injurious to the public. The covenant set forth under (ii) above shall not apply if Employee's employment is terminated within twelve months of a Change in Control as defined in of this Agreement. Ownership by Employee, for investment purposes only, of less than one percent of any class of securities of a corporation if said securities are listed on a national securities exchange or registered under the 1934 Act shall not constitute a breach of the covenant set forth under (ii) above. It is the desire and intent of the Parties that the provisions of this paragraph be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular portion of paragraph shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, this paragraph shall be deemed amended to apply in the broadest allowable manner and to delete therefrom the portion adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such amendment and deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of paragraph in the particular jurisdiction in which that adjudication is made.

        8.     Termination.

3


4


        9.     Remedies. If there is a breach or threatened breach of any provision of Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Employee from such breach. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies for such breach or threatened breach.

        10.     Amendment of Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board may review and change the compensation, duties and employee title set forth in this Agreement, as of the date of any six-month anniversary of this Agreement, in any manner that it deems appropriate for the interests of the Company, provided that written notice of any such change or changes is delivered to Employee at least seven calendar days prior to the first business day on or after the six-month anniversary on which the changes are to become effective. If Employee does not agree in writing to the changes proposed by the Board or the Compensation Committee on or before the effective date of those changes, then the Company will have the right for 30 days after the effective date, upon 10 days' written notice to Employee, to amend the compensation payable to Employee pursuant to this Agreement to a salary amount equal to 110 percent of the average monthly salary (excluding bonus) paid to Employee for the previous 12 months.

        11.     Severability. It is the clear intention of the Parties to this Agreement that no term, provision or clause of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, unless such term, provision or clause cannot be otherwise construed, interpreted, or modified to give effect to the intent of the Parties and to be valid, legal or enforceable. The Parties specifically charge the trier of fact to give effect to the intent of the Parties, even if in doing so, information of a specific provision of this Agreement is required consistent with the foregoing stated intent. In the event that such a term, provision, or clause cannot be so construed, interpreted or modified, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and other application(s) thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

        12.     Waiver of Breach. The waiver by the Company or Employee of the breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other Party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by that Party.

        13.     Entire Agreement. This document contains the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, if any, concerning the subject matter hereof or otherwise concerning Employee's employment by Employer (except for options to purchase shares of Employer's restricted stock previously granted to Employee). This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only by agreement in writing signed by the Parties.

        14.     Governing Law. This Agreement, its validity, interpretation and enforcement, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding conflict of laws principles. Employee hereby expressly consents to personal jurisdiction in the state and federal courts located in San Diego, California for any lawsuit filed there against him by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement.

5



        15.     Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement shall be validly given or served if that notice is made in writing and delivered personally or sent by certified mail or registered, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following addresses:

If to Company:   InfoSonics Corporation
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, CA 92121
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

If to Employee:

 

To the address for Employee set forth below his signature.

        All notices so given shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or, if sent by certified or registered mail, five business days after date of mailing. Either party, by notice so given, may change the address to which his or its future notices shall be sent.

        16.     Assignment and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon Employee and the Company and shall benefit the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Employee.

        17.     Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only; they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

        18.     Construction. Employee represents he has (a) read and completely understands this Agreement and (b) had an opportunity to consult with such legal and other advisers as he has desired in connection with this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any one of the Parties.

        19.     Insurance. The Company is to maintain directors' and officers' insurance in an amount determined reasonably by the Board of Directors of the Company.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.


EMPLOYEE

 

INFOSONICS CORPORATION

/s/  
JOSEPH MURGO       
Joseph Murgo, Individually

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       
Joseph Ram, Chief Executive Officer
Printed Name and Title

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
       

 

 



 

 

 

 

* * * * *

6




QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 10.8


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as of this 31 st day of December, 2003 by and between InfoSonics Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and Jeffrey Klausner ("Employee") and to be effective as of January 1, 2004. Employee and Company are sometimes referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

        In consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and agreements herein contained, the Company and Employee hereby covenant, promise and agree to and with each other as follows:

        1.     Employment. The Company shall employ Employee and Employee shall perform services for and on behalf of the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

        2.     Positions and Duties of Employment. Employee shall be required to devote his full energy, skill and best efforts as required to the furtherance of his managerial duties with the Company as the Company's Chief Financial Officer. While serving in such capacity(ies), Employee shall have the responsibilities, duties, obligations, rights, benefits and requisite authority as is customary for his position and as may be determined by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company.

        Employee understands that his employment as Chief Financial Officer of the Company involves a high degree of trust and confidence, that he is employed for the purpose of furthering the Company's reputation and improving the Company's operations and profitability, and that in executing this Agreement he undertakes the obligations set forth herein to accomplish such objectives. Employee agrees that he shall serve the Company fully, diligently, competently, and to the best of his ability. Employee certifies that he fully understands his right to discuss this Agreement with his attorney, that he has availed himself of this right to the extent that he desires, that he has carefully read and fully understands this entire Agreement, and that he is voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

        3.     Duties. Employee shall perform the following services for the Company:

        4.     Term. Unless terminated earlier as provided for in this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall be for four years, commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2007 (the "Term"). If the employment relationship is terminated by either Party, Employee agrees to cooperate with the Company and with the Company's new management with respect to the transition of the new management in the operations previously performed by Employee. Upon Employee's termination, Employee agrees to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof), any other Company property in Employee's possession or control, and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential material of the Company.


        5.     Compensation. Employee shall receive the following as compensation:

        6.     Confidentiality. Employee hereby warrants, covenants and agrees that, without the prior express written approval of Employer or unless required by law or court order, Employee shall hold in the strictest confidence, and shall not disclose to any person, firm, corporation or other entity, any and all of Employer's data, including but not limited to (a) information, drawings, sketches, plans or other documents concerning Employer's business or development plans, customers or suppliers, (b) Employer's development, design, construction or sales and marketing methods or techniques, or (c) Employer's trade secrets and other "know-how" or information not of a public nature, regardless of how such information came to the custody of Employee. For purposes of this Agreement, such information shall include, but not be limited to, information, including a formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique or process, that (i) derives independent economic value, present or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. The warranty, covenant and agreement set forth in this paragraph shall not expire, shall survive this Agreement, and shall be binding upon Employee without regard to the passage of time or other events.

2


        7.     Non-Compete. Employee acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the Company's business and that Employee's duties hereunder justify restricting Employee's further employment following any termination of employment. The Employee agrees that so long as the Employee is employed by the Company, and (i) for a period of two years following the termination of this Agreement, Employee, except when acting at the request of the Company on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company, will not induce customers, agents or other sources of distribution of the Company's business under contract or doing business with the Company to terminate, reduce, alter or divert business with or from the Company, and (ii) for a period of one year following the termination of this Agreement, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, member or manager of a limited liability company, shareholder of a company that does not have securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"), or shareholder in excess of one percent of a company that has securities registered under the 1934 Act, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of Employer, in or about any market in which Employer has, or has publicly announced a plan for doing business. Employee further covenants and agrees that the restrictive covenant set forth in this paragraph is reasonable as to duration, terms, and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of Employer, imposes no undue hardship on Employee, and is not injurious to the public. The covenant set forth under (ii) above shall not apply if Employee's employment is terminated within twelve months of a Change in Control as defined in of this Agreement. Ownership by Employee, for investment purposes only, of less than one percent of any class of securities of a corporation if said securities are listed on a national securities exchange or registered under the 1934 Act shall not constitute a breach of the covenant set forth under (ii) above. It is the desire and intent of the Parties that the provisions of this paragraph be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular portion of paragraph shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, this paragraph shall be deemed amended to apply in the broadest allowable manner and to delete therefrom the portion adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such amendment and deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of paragraph in the particular jurisdiction in which that adjudication is made.

        8.     Termination.

3


4


        9.     Remedies. If there is a breach or threatened breach of any provision of Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Employee from such breach. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies for such breach or threatened breach.

        10.     Severability. It is the clear intention of the Parties to this Agreement that no term, provision or clause of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, unless such term, provision or clause cannot be otherwise construed, interpreted, or modified to give effect to the intent of the Parties and to be valid, legal or enforceable. The Parties specifically charge the trier of fact to give effect to the intent of the Parties, even if in doing so, information of a specific provision of this Agreement is required consistent with the foregoing stated intent. In the event that such a term, provision, or clause cannot be so construed, interpreted or modified, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and other application(s) thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

        11.     Waiver of Breach. The waiver by the Company or Employee of the breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other Party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by that Party.

        12.     Entire Agreement. This document contains the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, if any, concerning the subject matter hereof or otherwise concerning Employee's employment by Employer (except for options to purchase shares of Employer's restricted stock previously granted to Employee). This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only by agreement in writing signed by the Parties.

        13.     Governing Law. This Agreement, its validity, interpretation and enforcement, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding conflict of laws principles. Employee hereby expressly consents to personal jurisdiction in the state and federal courts located in San Diego, California for any lawsuit filed there against him by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement.

        14.     Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement shall be validly given or served if that notice is made in writing and delivered personally or sent by certified mail or registered, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the following addresses:

If to Company:   InfoSonics Corporation
6325 Lusk Blvd., Suite A
San Diego, CA 92121
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

If to Employee:

 

To the address for Employee set forth below his signature.

        All notices so given shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or, if sent by certified or registered mail, five business days after date of mailing. Either party, by notice so given, may change the address to which his or its future notices shall be sent.

        15.     Assignment and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon Employee and the Company and shall benefit the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be assignable by Employee.

        16.     Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only; they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.

5



        17.     Construction. Employee represents he has (a) read and completely understands this Agreement and (b) had an opportunity to consult with such legal and other advisers as he has desired in connection with this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any one of the Parties.

        18.     Insurance. The Company is to maintain directors' and officers' insurance in an amount determined reasonably by the Board of Directors of the Company.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.


EMPLOYEE

 

INFOSONICS CORPORATION

/s/  
JEFFREY KLAUSNER       
Jeffrey Klausner, Individually

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH RAM       
Joseph Ram, Chief Executive Officer
Printed Name and Title

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 
   
       

 

 



 

 

 

 

* * * * *

6




QuickLinks

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF INFOSONICS CORPORATION

1.
InfoSonics de Mexico, S.A., a Mexico corporation

2.
InfoSonics Mexico, Inc., a California corporation

3.
Axcess Mobile, LLC, a California limited liability company



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of InfoSonics Corporation and subsidiary on Form S-1 of our report, dated November 18, 2004, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and of our report dated November 18, 2003, relating to the financial statements schedules appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption "Experts," "Selected Financial Information," and Summary Historical Financial Data" in such Prospectus.

SINGER LEWAK GREENBAUM & GOLDSTEIN LLP

 

 

 
/s/   SINGER LEWAK GREENBAUM & GOLDSTEIN LLP       
   

 

 

 
Los Angeles, California
January 28, 2004
   



QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 99.1

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
ON DECEMBER 31, 2003

INFOSONICS CORPORATION

Introduction

        This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "Code") covers a wide range of business practices and procedures. It does not cover every issue that may arise, but it sets out basic principles to guide all employees of the Company. The standards set forth in this Code are linked closely to our corporate vision, strategies and values. All of our employees must conduct themselves accordingly and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. The Code is intended to provide guidance to persons functioning in managerial or administrative capacities, as well as to all employees.

        If a law conflicts with a policy in this Code, you must comply with the law. If you have any questions about these conflicts, you should ask your supervisor how to handle the situation.

        The integrity, reputation and profitability of the Company ultimately depend upon the individual actions of our employees, representatives, officers, directors, agents and consultants. It is the policy of the Company and its subsidiaries to comply with all applicable laws and to adhere to ethical standards in the conduct of our business. Each employee is expected to read and understand this Code, uphold these standards in daily activities and take personal responsibility for compliance with all applicable policies and procedures.

        Those who violate the standards in this Code will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment. The guidelines in this Code are neither exclusive nor comprehensive. Because the business and legal environment in which the Company operates is complex, it would be impossible to formulate a single policy that would govern all possible situations. Employees are expected and required to comply with the letter and the spirit of all applicable laws and policies, whether or not specifically addressed within this Code. If you are in a situation which you believe may violate or lead to a violation of this Code, follow the guidelines described in Section 14 of this Code.

1. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

        Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation on which this Company's ethical standards are built. All employees must respect and obey the laws of the cities, states and countries in which we operate. Although not all employees are expected to know the details of these laws, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from supervisors, managers or other appropriate personnel. Because individual violations may also subject the Company to civil or criminal liability or the loss of business, the Company takes legal compliance measures seriously and works diligently to enforce them.

        If requested, the Company will hold information and training sessions to promote compliance with laws, rules and regulations, including insider-trading laws.

2. Conflicts of Interest

        A "conflict of interest" exists when a person's private interest interferes in any way with the interests of the Company. A conflict situation can arise when an employee, officer or director takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise when an employee, officer or director, or members of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.



        Some scenarios that may pose potential conflict of interest problems include, but are not limited to, the following:

        1.     Investing in any company that sells products or services similar to the Company's, or any company doing or seeking to do business with the Company, other than relatively small investments in securities widely held by the general public;

        2.     Working for, or on behalf of, any such company;

        3.     Placing Company business with relatives or friends, or working on a Company project that will have a direct impact on the financial interests of relatives or friends;

        4.     Encouraging companies dealing with the Company to buy supplies or services from relatives or friends;

        5.     Borrowing money from companies doing or seeking to do business with the Company other than on generally available terms;

        6.     Participating in the regulatory or other activities of a community or governmental body that have a direct impact on the business of the Company or its affiliates;

        7.     Hiring or supervising a relative or friend;

        8.     Engaging in a personal relationship with another employee or vendor that affects one's ability to do one's job or disrupts the workplace;

        9.     Serving as a director of any company that competes with the Company; and

        10.   Accepting gifts or gratuities in any one-year period valued in excess of one hundred dollars ($100) in the aggregate from any customer, vendor, supplier, or other person doing business with the Company or its affiliates.

        The best policy is to avoid any direct or indirect business connection with our customers, suppliers or competitors, except on our behalf. Conflicts of interest are prohibited as a matter of Company policy, except under guidelines approved by the Board of Directors. Conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut, so if you have a question, you should consult with higher levels of management. Any employee, officer or director who becomes aware of a conflict or potential conflict should bring it to the attention of a supervisor, manager or other appropriate personnel or consult the procedures described in Section 14 of this Code.

3. Securities Laws and Insider Trading

        It is against Company policy for any individual to profit from material undisclosed information relating to the Company or any company with which the Company does business. If an officer, director or employee is in possession of material inside information that the Company has not yet disclosed to the public, he or she may not purchase or sell any of the securities of the Company or "tip" others to trade in Company stock. Material inside information is defined as facts that have not been disclosed to the public that would influence a reasonable investor's decision to buy or sell a company's stock or other securities. Also, if an officer, director or employee has inside or unpublished knowledge about any of the Company's public-company suppliers, customers or any other public company that the Company does business with, he or she may not purchase or sell securities of those companies or tip others to do so.

        Insider trading is a crime, and in addition to criminal penalties, the SEC may seek the imposition of a civil penalty of up to three times the profits made or losses avoided from the trading. Insider traders must also disgorge any profits made and are often subjected to an injunction against future violations. Insider traders may further be subjected to civil liability in private law suits.

        Moreover, U.S. securities laws provide for penalties not only for those who engage in insider trading, but also for those controlling persons who fail to take appropriate action when they either

2



knew or should have known that persons within their control were violating these rules. Therefore, it is essential that employees be alert to those situations where others within the Company (particularly those over whom the employee has some supervisory authority) may not be observing the rules of insider trading. We urge you to contact the Company's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer if you are unsure as to whether or not you are free to trade under a particular set of circumstances.

4. Corporate Opportunities

        Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from taking for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without the consent of the Board of Directors. No employee may use corporate property, information, or position for improper personal gain, and no employee may compete with the Company directly or indirectly. Employees, officers and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

5. Competition and Fair Dealing

        We seek to outperform our competition fairly and honestly. Stealing proprietary information, possessing trade secret information that was obtained without the owner's consent, or inducing such disclosures by past or present employees of other companies is prohibited. Each employee should endeavor to respect the rights of and deal fairly with the Company's customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No employee should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair-dealing practice.

        The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage with customers. No gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any Company employee, family member of an employee or agent unless it: (1) is not a cash gift, (2) is consistent with customary business practices, (3) is not excessive in value, (4) cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff, and (5) does not violate any laws or regulations. Please discuss with your supervisor any gifts or proposed gifts which you are not certain are appropriate.

6. Discrimination and Harassment

        The diversity of the Company's employees is a tremendous asset. We are firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment of any kind. Examples include derogatory comments based on racial or ethnic characteristics and unwelcome sexual advances.

7. Health and Safety

        The Company strives to provide each employee with a safe and healthy work environment. Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for all employees by following safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions.

        Violence and threatening behavior are not permitted. Employees should report to work in condition to perform their duties, free from the influence of illegal drugs or alcohol. The use of illegal drugs in the workplace will not be tolerated.

3



8. Record-Keeping

        The Company requires honest and accurate recording and reporting of information in order to make responsible business decisions. For example, only the true and actual number of hours worked should be reported.

        Many employees regularly use business expense accounts, which must be documented and recorded accurately. If you are not sure whether a certain expense is legitimate, ask your supervisor or your controller.

        All of the Company's books, records, accounts and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect the Company's transactions and must conform both to applicable legal requirements and to the Company's system of internal controls. Unrecorded or "off the books" funds or assets should not be maintained unless permitted by applicable law or regulation.

        Business records and communications often become public, and we should avoid exaggeration, derogatory remarks, guesswork, or inappropriate characterizations of people and companies that can be misunderstood. This applies equally to e-mail, internal memos, and formal reports. Records should always be retained or destroyed according to the Company's record retention policies. In accordance with those policies, in the event of litigation or governmental investigation please consult the Company's Legal Department or, if there is no Legal Department at that time, the Company's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer.

9. Confidentiality

        Employees must maintain the confidentiality of confidential information entrusted to them by the Company or its customers, except when disclosure is authorized by the Legal Department or, if there is no Legal Department at that time, the Company's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer or required by laws or regulations. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers, if disclosed. It also includes information that suppliers and customers have entrusted to us. The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment ends.

10. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

        All employees should endeavor to protect the Company's assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness, and waste have a direct impact on the Company's profitability. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be immediately reported for investigation. Company equipment should not be used for non-Company business, though incidental personal use may be permitted.

        The obligation of employees to protect the Company's assets includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, designs, databases, records, salary information and any unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information would violate Company policy. It could also be illegal and result in civil or even criminal penalties.

11. Payments to Government Personnel

        The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. It is strictly prohibited to make illegal payments to government officials of any country.

        In addition, the U.S. government has a number of laws and regulations regarding business gratuities which may be accepted by U.S. government personnel. The promise, offer or delivery to an official or employee of the U.S. government of a gift, favor or other gratuity in violation of these rules would not only violate Company policy but could also be a criminal offense. State and local

4



governments, as well as foreign governments, may have similar rules. The Company's Legal Department or, if there is no Legal Department at that time, the Company's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer can provide guidance to you in this area.

12. Waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Any waiver of this Code for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Board or a Board committee and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

13. Reporting any Illegal or Unethical Behavior

        Employees are encouraged to talk to supervisors, managers or other appropriate personnel about observed illegal or unethical behavior and when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation. It is the policy of the Company not to allow retaliation for reports of misconduct by others made in good faith by employees. Employees are expected to cooperate in internal investigations of misconduct.

        Employees must read the Company's Employee Complaint Procedures for Accounting and Auditing Matters attached as Exhibit A , which describes the Company's procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters. Any employee may submit a good faith concern regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters without fear of dismissal or retaliation of any kind.

14. Compliance Procedures

        We must all work to ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code. However, in some situations it is difficult to know if a violation has occurred. Since we cannot anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important that we have a way to approach a new question or problem. These are the steps to keep in mind:

5


Exhibit A

INFOSONICS CORPORATION
Procedures for Complaints Regarding Accounting,
Internal Accounting Controls or Auditing Matters

        Any employee of the Company may submit a good faith complaint regarding accounting or auditing matters to the management of the Company without fear of dismissal or retaliation of any kind. The Company is committed to achieving compliance with all applicable securities laws and regulations, accounting standards, accounting controls and audit practices. The Company's Audit Committee will oversee treatment of employee concerns in this area.

        In order to facilitate the reporting of employee complaints, the Company's Audit Committee has established the following procedures for (1) the receipt, content, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters ("Accounting Matters"), (2) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, and (3) the role, rights and responsibilities of employees who make complaints.

Receipt of Employee Complaints

Scope of Matters Covered by These Procedures

        These procedures relate to employee complaints relating to any questionable accounting or auditing matters, including, without limitation, the following:


Content of Complaints

        To assist the Company in the response to or investigation of a complaint, the complaint should be factual rather than speculative, and contain as much specific information as possible to allow for proper



assessment of the nature, extent and urgency of the matter that is the subject of the complaint. Without limiting the foregoing, the complaint should, to the extent possible, contain the following information:

        It is less likely that the Company will be able to initiate an investigation based on a complaint that contains unspecified wrongdoing or broad allegations without verifiable evidentiary support.

Treatment of Complaints

Reporting and Retention of Complaints and Investigations

Roles, Rights and Responsibilities of Employee Complainants and Investigation Participants

        Company employees who submit complaints ("Employee Complainants") have a responsibility to provide initial information that is grounded in a reasonable belief regarding the validity of a complaint. The motivation of an Employee Complainant is irrelevant to the consideration of the validity of the complaint. However, the intentional filing of a false complaint, whether orally or in writing, may itself be an improper activity and one that may result in disciplinary action.

        An Employee Complainant has a responsibility to be candid and set forth all known information regarding a complaint. An employee making a complaint acknowledges that an investigation may not proceed if the employee does not agree to be interviewed or provide further information regarding the complaint.

        Employee Complainants are not to act on their own in conducting any investigative activities, nor do they have a right to participate in any investigative activities other than as requested by the Audit Committee. An Employee Complainant shall refrain from obtaining evidence relating to a complaint

2



for which he or she does not have a right of access. Such improper access may itself be an illegal or improper activity and one that may result in disciplinary action.

        The Company will use reasonable efforts to provide each Employee Complainant with a response to his or her complaint and a summary of the outcome of any investigation based upon the complaint unless Legal Department or the Audit Committee determines that there are overriding legal or company/public interest reasons not to do so.

        Employee Complainants are entitled to protection from retaliation for having made a complaint or disclosed information relating to a complaint in good faith. The Company shall not discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass or in any manner discriminate against an Employee Complainant in the terms and conditions of employment based upon any lawful actions of such Employee Complainant with respect to good faith reporting of complaints or otherwise as specified in Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. An Employee Complainant's right to protection from retaliation does not extend immunity for any complicity in the matters that are the subject of the complaint or an ensuing investigation.

        These procedures are in no way intended to limit employee reporting of alleged violations relating to accounting or auditing matters to proper governmental and regulatory authorities.

        Company employees who are interviewed, asked to provide information or otherwise participate in an investigation of a complaint, including employees who are the subject of the investigation ("Investigation Participants") have a duty to cooperate fully with the Audit Committee and assist in the investigation.

        Investigation Participants should refrain from discussing the investigation or their testimony with those not connected to the investigation. If the Investigation Participant knows the identity of the Employee Complainant, the Investigation Participant should not discuss with the Employee Complainant the nature of evidence requested or provided, or testimony given to the Audit Committee unless authorized by the Audit Committee.

        Requests for confidentiality by Investigation Participants will be honored to the fullest extent reasonably practicable within the legitimate needs of law and the investigation.

        Investigation Participants are entitled to protection from retaliation for having participated in an investigation. The Company shall not discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass or in any manner discriminate against an Investigation Participant in the terms and conditions of employment based upon any lawful actions of such Investigation Participant with respect to good faith participation in an investigation or otherwise as specified in Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. An Investigation Participant's right to protection from retaliation does not extend immunity for any complicity in the matters that are the subject of the complaint or an ensuing investigation.

3




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 99.2

INFOSONICS CORPORATION
CODE OF ETHICS

Principles Governing Professional and Ethical Conduct

        It is the policy of InfoSonics Corporation (the "Company") that the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer and controller (or persons performing similar functions) adhere to, advocate and promote the following principles:


Reporting and Treatment of Violations

        Persons who become aware of suspected violations of this Code should report such suspected violations promptly to the Compliance Officer, who will forward such report to the Company's Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. To assist in the response to or investigation of the alleged violation, the report should contain as much specific information as possible to allow for proper assessment of the nature, extent and urgency of the alleged violation. Without limiting the foregoing, the report should, to the extent possible, contain the following information:

        The Audit Committee shall have the power to monitor, investigate, make determinations and recommend action to the Board of Directors with respect to violations of this Code. In determining whether a violation of this Code has occurred, the Audit Committee may take into account:


Consequences of Violations

        If a violation is substantiated, the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee, may impose such sanctions or take such actions as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, the following:

Requests for Waivers and Changes in Code

        A waiver of a provision of this Code shall be requested whenever there is reasonable likelihood that a contemplated action will violate the Code. Any waiver (including an implicit waiver) that constitutes a material departure from a provision of this Code shall be publicly disclosed on a timely basis, to the extent required by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. In addition, any amendments to this Code (other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments) shall be publicly disclosed on a timely basis, to the extent required by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.

2





QuickLinks